Remove duplicate declarations.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobec2a7c3b52c2671cf67ef959fe4900f1fe67e0ac
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19279 5151))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19313 15414))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19279
125 ;;;;;; 5148))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19323 49698))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
312 the new one.
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
347 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
353 BODY...)
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
394 during preloading.
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
399 BODY...)
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
403 ;;;***
405 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
406 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
407 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19279 5148))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
410 (autoload 'align "align" "\
411 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
412 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
413 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
414 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
415 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
416 rule's `separate' attribute).
418 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
419 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
420 `separate' attribute set.
422 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
423 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
424 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
425 on the format of these lists.
427 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
429 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
430 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
431 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
432 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
433 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
434 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
435 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
436 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
437 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
438 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
439 options.
441 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
442 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
444 Fred (123) 456-7890
445 Alice (123) 456-7890
446 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
447 Joe (123) 456-7890
449 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
450 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
451 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
453 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
455 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
456 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
457 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
458 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
459 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
460 align that section.
462 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
464 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
465 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
466 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
467 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
468 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
469 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
470 been used to align that section.
472 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
474 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
475 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
476 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
477 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
478 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
479 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
480 to be colored.
482 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
484 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
485 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
487 \(fn)" t nil)
489 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
490 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
492 \(fn)" t nil)
494 ;;;***
496 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
497 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
498 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
500 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
502 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
504 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
508 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
510 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
512 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
514 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
516 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
518 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
520 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
522 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
524 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
526 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
528 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
533 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
534 \\<allout-mode-map>
536 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
537 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
538 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
541 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
542 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
543 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
544 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
545 outline.)
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
558 and many other features.
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
561 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
562 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
563 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
564 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
566 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
567 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
568 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
569 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
570 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
571 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
572 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
573 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
575 Exposure Control:
576 ----------------
577 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
578 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
579 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
581 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
583 Navigation:
584 ----------
585 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
586 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
587 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
588 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
589 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
590 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
591 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
592 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
593 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
594 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
597 Topic Header Production:
598 -----------------------
599 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
600 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
601 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
603 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
604 ---------------------------------
605 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
606 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
607 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
608 current topic
609 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
610 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
611 are alternated according to nesting depth.
612 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
613 the offspring are not affected.
614 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
616 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
617 ----------------------------------
618 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
619 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
620 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
621 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
622 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
623 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
624 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
625 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
627 Topic-oriented Encryption:
628 -------------------------
629 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
630 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
632 Misc commands:
633 -------------
634 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
635 and establish a default file-var setting
636 for `allout-layout'.
637 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
638 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
639 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
640 buffer with name derived from derived from that
641 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
642 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
643 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
644 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
645 format.
646 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
647 auto-activation.
649 Topic Encryption
651 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
652 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
653 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
654 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
656 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
657 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
658 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
659 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
661 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
662 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
663 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
664 pitfalls.
666 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
667 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
668 for details.
670 HOT-SPOT Operation
672 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
673 navigation and exposure control.
675 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
676 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
677 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
678 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
679 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
681 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
682 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
683 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
684 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
685 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
687 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
688 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
689 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
690 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
691 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
692 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
693 at the beginning of the current entry.
695 Extending Allout
697 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
698 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
699 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
701 `allout-mode-hook'
702 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
703 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
704 `allout-structure-added-hook'
705 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
706 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
708 Terminology
710 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
712 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
713 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
714 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
715 CURRENT ITEM:
716 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
717 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
718 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
719 called the:
720 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
722 ANCESTORS:
723 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
724 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
725 of the ITEM.
726 OFFSPRING:
727 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
728 SUBTOPIC:
729 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
730 CHILD:
731 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
732 SIBLINGS:
733 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
735 Topic text constituents:
737 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
738 text.
739 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
740 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
741 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
742 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
743 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
744 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
745 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
746 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
747 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
748 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
749 the PREFIX.
751 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
752 of the ITEM.
753 PREFIX-LEAD:
754 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
755 It can be customized by changing the setting of
756 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
758 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
759 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
760 program code without interfering with processing of the text
761 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
762 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
763 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
764 docstring for more detail.
765 PREFIX-PADDING:
766 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
767 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
768 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
769 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
770 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
771 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
772 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
773 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
774 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
775 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
776 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
777 more details.
778 EXPOSURE:
779 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
780 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
781 CONCEALED:
782 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
783 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
785 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
786 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
787 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
789 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
791 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
793 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
794 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
796 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
797 setup for auto-startup.
799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
801 ;;;***
803 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
804 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19356 10801))
805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
807 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
809 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
810 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
811 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
812 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
813 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
814 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
816 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
818 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
819 Not documented
821 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
823 ;;;***
825 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
826 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19279 5151))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
829 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
830 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
831 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
832 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
833 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
834 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
835 in the current window.
837 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
839 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
840 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
841 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
843 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
845 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
846 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
847 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
849 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
851 ;;;***
853 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
854 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19279 5148))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
857 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
858 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
860 \(fn)" t nil)
862 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
863 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
865 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
866 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
867 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
868 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
870 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
871 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
873 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
875 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
877 ;;;***
879 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
880 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19279 5151))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
883 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
884 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
885 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
886 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
887 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
888 \\[yank].
890 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
891 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
892 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
893 the rules.
895 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
896 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
897 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
898 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
900 \(fn)" t nil)
902 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
903 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
904 \\{antlr-mode-map}
906 \(fn)" t nil)
908 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
909 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
910 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
912 \(fn)" nil nil)
914 ;;;***
916 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
917 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19279 5149))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
920 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
921 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
922 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
924 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
926 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
927 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
929 \(fn)" t nil)
931 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
932 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
933 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
934 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
935 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
936 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
937 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
939 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
941 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
942 appointment package (if it is not already active).
944 \(fn)" nil nil)
946 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
947 Toggle checking of appointments.
948 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
949 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
953 ;;;***
955 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
956 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
957 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19279 5148))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
960 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
961 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
962 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
963 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
965 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
966 kind of objects to search.
968 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
970 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
971 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
978 normal variables.
980 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
982 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
984 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
985 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
986 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
987 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
988 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
989 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
992 noninteractive functions.
994 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
995 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
997 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
998 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1000 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1002 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1003 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1005 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1007 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1008 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1009 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1010 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1012 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1013 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1014 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1015 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1017 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1018 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1020 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1022 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1024 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1025 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1026 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1027 thus be found in `load-history'.
1029 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1032 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1033 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1034 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1035 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1036 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1038 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1039 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1040 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1042 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1044 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1045 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1052 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1053 bindings.
1054 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 ;;;***
1060 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19321
1061 ;;;;;; 4517))
1062 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1064 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1065 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1066 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1067 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1068 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1069 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1071 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1072 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1073 archive.
1075 \\{archive-mode-map}
1077 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1079 ;;;***
1081 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19279 5148))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1084 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1085 Major mode for editing arrays.
1087 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1088 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1089 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1091 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1093 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1094 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1095 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1097 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1098 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1099 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1100 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1101 The variables are:
1103 Variables you assign:
1104 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1105 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1106 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1107 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1108 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1109 row numbers in the buffer.
1111 Variables which are calculated:
1112 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1113 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1115 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1116 take a numeric prefix argument):
1118 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1119 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1120 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1121 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1123 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1124 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1125 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1126 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1128 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1129 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1130 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1131 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1133 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1134 between that of point and mark.
1136 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1137 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1139 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1140 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1141 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1142 newlines inside rows)
1144 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1146 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1148 \(fn)" t nil)
1150 ;;;***
1152 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19321
1153 ;;;;;; 4517))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1156 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1157 Toggle Artist mode.
1158 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1159 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1160 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1162 How to quit Artist mode
1164 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1167 How to submit a bug report
1169 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1172 Drawing with the mouse:
1174 mouse-2
1175 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1176 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1177 below).
1179 mouse-1
1180 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1181 or pastes:
1183 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1184 --------------------------------------------------------------
1185 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1186 to new point
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1191 --------------------------------------------------------------
1192 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1193 --------------------------------------------------------------
1194 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1195 --------------------------------------------------------------
1196 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1197 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1199 --------------------------------------------------------------
1200 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1201 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1203 lines
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Paste Paste Paste
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1214 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1215 or diagonally.
1217 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1218 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1219 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1220 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1221 poly-lines.
1223 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1224 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1225 overwrite means the opposite.
1227 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1228 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1229 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1231 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1233 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1234 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1236 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1237 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1238 are currently drawing something.
1240 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1241 some time to fill.
1244 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1245 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1248 Settings
1250 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1252 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1254 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1256 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1258 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1259 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1261 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1264 Drawing with keys
1266 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1267 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1268 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1269 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1270 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1271 When pasting: Pastes
1273 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1275 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1277 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1278 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1279 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1280 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1281 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1282 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1285 Arrows
1287 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1288 of the line/poly-line
1290 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1291 of the line/poly-line
1294 Selecting operation
1296 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1298 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1300 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1302 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1304 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1305 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1306 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1307 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1308 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1309 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1310 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1311 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1312 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1313 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1314 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1315 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1316 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1317 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1320 Variables
1322 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1323 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1325 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1326 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1327 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1328 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1329 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1330 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1331 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1332 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1333 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1334 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1335 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1336 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1337 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1338 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1339 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1340 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1341 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1342 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1343 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1345 Hooks
1347 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1348 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1351 Keymap summary
1353 \\{artist-mode-map}
1355 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1357 ;;;***
1359 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19279
1360 ;;;;;; 5151))
1361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1363 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1364 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1365 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1367 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1368 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1369 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1370 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1372 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1373 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1375 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1376 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1378 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1380 Special commands:
1381 \\{asm-mode-map}
1383 \(fn)" t nil)
1385 ;;;***
1387 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1388 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
1389 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1391 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1392 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1393 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1395 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1397 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1398 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1399 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1400 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1401 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1402 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1403 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1404 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1405 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1406 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1408 For example:
1409 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1410 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1411 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1412 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1413 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1415 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1419 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1420 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1421 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1424 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1426 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1428 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1429 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1430 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1431 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1432 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1433 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1435 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1439 ;;;***
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1442 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
1443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1445 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1446 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1450 ;;;***
1452 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1453 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19279 5148))
1454 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1456 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1457 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1458 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1460 \(fn)" t nil)
1462 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1463 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1464 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1465 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1467 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1469 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1470 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1474 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1476 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1478 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1479 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1480 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1481 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1483 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1484 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1488 ;;;***
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1491 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1492 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1495 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1497 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1499 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1500 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1501 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1502 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1503 save the buffer too.
1505 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1507 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1509 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1510 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1511 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1512 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1513 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1514 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1516 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1517 directory or directories specified.
1519 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1521 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1522 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1523 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1525 \(fn)" nil nil)
1527 ;;;***
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1530 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1531 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19279 5148))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1534 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1535 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1537 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1538 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1539 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1540 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1541 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1545 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1546 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1548 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1549 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1551 \(fn)" nil nil)
1553 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1554 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1555 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1557 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1558 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1559 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1560 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1561 reflected in the current buffer.
1563 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1564 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1565 writing before you save the file!
1567 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1571 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1572 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1574 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1575 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1577 \(fn)" nil nil)
1579 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1580 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1581 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1584 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1586 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1588 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1589 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1590 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1591 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1593 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1594 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1595 to revert a particular buffer.
1597 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1598 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1599 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1600 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1601 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1603 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1604 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1605 specifies in the mode line.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 ;;;***
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1612 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19279 5148))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1615 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1616 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1617 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1619 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1621 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1623 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1624 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1625 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1626 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1628 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1629 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1630 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1632 Effects of the different modes:
1633 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1634 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1635 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1636 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1637 a random distance & direction.
1638 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1639 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1640 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1642 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1644 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1645 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1646 definition of \"random distance\".)
1648 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1650 ;;;***
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1653 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1655 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1657 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1658 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1659 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1660 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1662 \(fn)" t nil)
1664 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1665 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1666 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1671 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1673 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1674 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1675 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1676 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1677 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1678 seconds.
1680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1682 ;;;***
1684 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1685 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19279 5149))
1686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1688 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1689 Time execution of FORMS.
1690 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1691 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1692 FORMS once.
1693 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1694 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1695 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1697 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1699 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1700 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1701 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1702 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1703 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1705 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1707 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1708 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1709 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1710 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1711 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1713 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1715 ;;;***
1717 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1718 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19279 38446))
1719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1721 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1722 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1723 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1724 of corresponding buffers.
1725 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1726 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1727 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1728 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1729 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1730 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1732 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1734 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1735 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1737 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1739 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1740 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1741 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1742 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1744 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1745 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1746 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1747 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1748 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1750 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1751 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1754 Special information:
1756 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1758 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1759 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1760 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1761 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1762 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1763 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1764 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1765 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1766 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1767 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1770 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1771 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1772 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1773 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1774 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1775 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1776 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1777 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1779 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1781 ----------------------------------------------------------
1782 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1783 if that value is non-nil.
1785 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1787 \(fn)" t nil)
1789 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1790 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1791 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1792 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1793 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1794 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1795 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1796 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1797 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1798 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1800 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1802 ;;;***
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1805 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1807 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode))
1809 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1810 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1812 \(fn)" t nil)
1814 ;;;***
1816 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1817 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1818 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
1819 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1821 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1823 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1824 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1825 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1827 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1829 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1830 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1832 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1834 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1835 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1837 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1839 ;;;***
1841 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19279
1842 ;;;;;; 5151))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1845 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1846 Play blackbox.
1847 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1849 What is blackbox?
1851 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1852 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1853 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1854 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1855 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1856 your score.
1858 Overview of play:
1860 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1861 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1862 four.
1864 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1865 movement keys.
1867 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1868 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1870 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1871 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1873 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1874 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1875 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1876 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1877 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1878 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1880 Details:
1882 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1884 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1885 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1886 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1887 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1889 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1890 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1891 denoted by the letter `R'.
1893 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1894 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1895 denoted by the letter `H'.
1897 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1898 example.
1900 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1901 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1902 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1903 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1904 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1905 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1906 ray.
1908 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1909 degree deflection it causes.
1912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1914 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1915 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1922 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1923 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1936 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1937 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1938 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1939 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1940 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1941 emerging from the box.
1943 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1950 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1955 a reflection.
1957 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1959 ;;;***
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1962 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1963 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1965 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19326 6129))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1967 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1968 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1969 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1971 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1972 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1973 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1974 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1975 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1976 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1977 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1979 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1980 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1981 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1983 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1984 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1985 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1986 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1987 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1988 recent one.
1990 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1991 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1992 yank successive words.
1994 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1995 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1996 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1997 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1998 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2000 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2001 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2002 the list of bookmarks.)
2004 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2007 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2011 this.
2013 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2014 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2015 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2016 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2018 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2019 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2021 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2022 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2023 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2025 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2027 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2028 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2030 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2032 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2033 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2034 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2036 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2037 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2038 after a bookmark was set in it.
2040 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2042 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2043 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2044 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2046 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2047 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2049 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2051 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2053 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2054 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2055 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2056 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2058 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2060 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2061 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2062 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2064 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2065 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2066 name.
2068 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2070 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2071 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2072 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2074 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2075 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2076 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2077 this.
2079 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2081 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2082 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2083 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2085 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2086 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2087 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2088 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2089 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2090 probably because we were called from there.
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2095 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2096 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2098 \(fn)" t nil)
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2101 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2102 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2104 \(second argument).
2106 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2107 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2108 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2109 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2110 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2112 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2113 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2114 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2115 `bookmark-default-file'.
2117 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2120 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2121 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2122 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2123 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2124 while loading.
2126 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2127 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2128 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2129 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2130 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2131 explicitly.
2133 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2134 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2135 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2136 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2138 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2141 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2142 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2143 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2144 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2146 \(fn)" t nil)
2148 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2150 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2153 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2155 \(fn)" t nil)
2157 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2159 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2161 ;;;***
2163 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2164 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2165 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2166 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2167 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2168 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2172 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
2173 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2175 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2176 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2177 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2178 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2180 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2181 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2182 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2183 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2184 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2186 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2188 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2189 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2191 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2193 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2194 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2196 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2198 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2199 Not documented
2201 \(fn)" nil nil)
2203 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2204 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2205 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2206 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2207 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2208 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2210 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2212 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2213 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2214 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2215 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2216 narrowed.
2218 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2220 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2221 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2223 \(fn)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2228 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2230 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2231 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2232 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2233 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2235 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2238 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2239 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2240 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2244 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2245 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2246 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2247 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2248 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2249 to use.
2251 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2253 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2254 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2255 Default to the URL around or before point.
2257 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2258 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2259 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2260 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2262 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2263 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2266 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2268 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2273 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2275 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2276 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2277 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2278 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2281 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2282 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2284 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2285 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2287 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2289 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2290 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2292 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2296 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2300 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2301 new tab in an existing window instead.
2303 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2304 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2306 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2308 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2311 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2312 Firefox.
2314 When called interactively, if variable
2315 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2316 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2317 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2321 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2322 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2324 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2325 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2328 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2329 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2330 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2331 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2332 URL in a new window.
2334 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2338 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2339 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2341 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2342 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2343 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2344 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2346 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2347 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2348 new tab in an existing window instead.
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2362 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2363 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2365 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2366 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2367 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2368 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2378 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2379 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2380 program is invoked according to the variable
2381 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2383 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2384 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2385 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2386 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point.
2397 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2398 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2399 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2413 Default to the URL around or before point.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2417 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2426 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2427 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2433 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2434 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2435 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2436 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2442 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2443 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2444 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2447 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2448 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2449 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2457 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2458 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2459 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2460 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2461 current one.
2463 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2464 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2465 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2466 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2469 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2476 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2477 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2478 don't offer a form of remote control.
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2484 Default to the URL around or before point.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around the point.
2492 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2493 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2495 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2496 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2500 ;;;***
2502 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19279
2503 ;;;;;; 5151))
2504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2506 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2507 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2509 \(fn)" t nil)
2511 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2512 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2514 \(fn)" nil nil)
2516 ;;;***
2518 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2519 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19279 5148))
2520 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2522 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2523 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2524 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2525 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2529 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2530 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2531 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2532 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2534 \(fn)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2537 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2539 \(fn)" t nil)
2541 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2542 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2543 \\<bs-mode-map>
2544 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2545 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2546 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2547 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2549 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2550 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2551 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2552 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2553 name of buffer configuration.
2555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2557 ;;;***
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19279 5151))
2560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2562 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2563 Play Bubbles game.
2564 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2565 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2566 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2567 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2568 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2569 columns on its right towards the left.
2571 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2572 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2573 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2574 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2576 \(fn)" t nil)
2578 ;;;***
2580 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2581 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19279 5151))
2582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2584 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2586 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2587 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2591 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2592 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2596 ;;;***
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2599 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2600 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2601 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2602 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2603 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
2604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2605 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2606 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2607 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2610 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2611 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2613 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2615 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2616 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2617 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2618 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2619 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2620 else the global value will be modified.
2622 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2625 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2626 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2627 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2628 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2629 else the global value will be modified.
2631 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2633 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2634 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2635 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2637 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2639 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2640 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2641 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2642 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2644 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2645 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2646 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2647 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2648 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2649 before scanning it.
2651 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2652 that already has a `.elc' file.
2654 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2655 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2657 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2658 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2659 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2660 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2661 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2662 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2664 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2666 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2667 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2668 Print the result in the echo area.
2669 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2673 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2674 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2675 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2677 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2679 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2680 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2681 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2682 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2683 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2684 all functions called by those functions.
2686 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2687 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2688 cons, etc.).
2690 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2691 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2692 invoked interactively.
2694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2696 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2697 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2698 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2699 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2701 \(fn)" nil nil)
2703 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2704 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2705 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2706 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2707 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2708 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2709 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2710 already up-to-date.
2712 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2714 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2715 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2716 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2717 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2719 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2720 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2721 and corresponding effects.
2723 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2725 ;;;***
2727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19279
2728 ;;;;;; 5149))
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2731 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2733 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2735 ;;;***
2737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19279 5149))
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2742 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2744 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2746 ;;;***
2748 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2749 ;;;;;; (19345 41626))
2750 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2752 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2753 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2754 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2755 from the cursor position.
2757 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2759 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2761 ;;;***
2763 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2764 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2765 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19282
2766 ;;;;;; 55646))
2767 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2768 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2770 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2771 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2776 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2778 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2780 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2781 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2783 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2786 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2788 \(fn)" t nil)
2790 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2791 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2792 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2793 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2795 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2797 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 This is most useful in the X window system.
2800 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2801 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2803 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2806 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2807 See calc-keypad for details.
2809 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2811 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2812 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2814 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2816 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2817 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2819 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2821 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2822 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2824 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2826 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2827 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2828 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2830 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2832 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2833 Define Calc function.
2835 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2836 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2837 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2839 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2840 actual Lisp function name.
2842 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2844 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2846 ;;;***
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19356
2849 ;;;;;; 10801))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2852 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2853 Run the Emacs calculator.
2854 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2856 \(fn)" t nil)
2858 ;;;***
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19279
2861 ;;;;;; 5149))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2864 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2865 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2866 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2867 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2868 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2869 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2871 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2872 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2873 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2874 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2875 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2876 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2877 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2878 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2879 window.
2881 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2882 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2884 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2885 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2886 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2887 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2888 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2889 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2891 Runs the following hooks:
2893 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2894 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2895 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2896 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2902 ;;;***
2904 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2905 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19279 5150))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2908 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2909 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2911 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2913 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2914 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2915 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2916 it fails.
2918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2920 ;;;***
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2926 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2927 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2929 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2930 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2931 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2932 restriction to ASCII.
2934 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2936 capitalizedWorDD
2937 ^ ^ ^^
2939 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2940 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2941 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2943 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2944 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2945 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2946 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2947 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2948 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2949 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2951 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2952 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2956 ;;;***
2958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19279
2959 ;;;;;; 5151))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2961 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2963 ;;;***
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19370 36541))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2969 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2970 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2972 \(fn)" nil nil)
2974 ;;;***
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2977 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2978 ;;;;;; (19338 9841))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2981 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2982 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2983 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2984 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2985 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2986 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2987 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2989 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2991 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2992 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3002 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3007 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3011 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3012 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3014 Key bindings:
3015 \\{c-mode-map}
3017 \(fn)" t nil)
3019 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3020 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3022 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 message.
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3035 Key bindings:
3036 \\{c++-mode-map}
3038 \(fn)" t nil)
3040 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3044 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 message.
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3057 Key bindings:
3058 \\{objc-mode-map}
3060 \(fn)" t nil)
3062 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3066 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3067 Major mode for editing Java code.
3068 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3069 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3070 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3071 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3072 message.
3074 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3076 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3077 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3079 Key bindings:
3080 \\{java-mode-map}
3082 \(fn)" t nil)
3084 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3085 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3086 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3088 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3089 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3094 message.
3096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3098 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3099 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3101 Key bindings:
3102 \\{idl-mode-map}
3104 \(fn)" t nil)
3106 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3111 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3112 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3113 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3114 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3115 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3116 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3117 message.
3119 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3121 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3122 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3124 Key bindings:
3125 \\{pike-mode-map}
3127 \(fn)" t nil)
3128 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3133 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3135 ;;;***
3137 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3138 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19279 5151))
3139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3141 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3142 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3143 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3144 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3146 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3148 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3149 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3150 might get set too.
3152 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3153 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3154 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3155 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3156 way.
3158 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3159 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3160 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3161 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3162 a null operation.
3164 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3166 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3167 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3168 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3169 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3171 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3173 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3174 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3175 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3177 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3179 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3180 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3181 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3182 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3183 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3185 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3187 ;;;***
3189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19279 5151))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3191 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3192 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3193 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3195 ;;;***
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3198 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3202 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3203 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3205 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3207 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3208 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3210 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3212 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3213 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3215 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3216 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3217 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3218 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3219 execution.
3221 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3223 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3225 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3226 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3228 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3229 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3230 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3231 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3233 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3234 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3235 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3236 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3237 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3238 `write' commands.
3240 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3241 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3242 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3243 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3245 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3246 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3247 semantics.
3249 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3251 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3253 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3255 STATEMENT :=
3256 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3257 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3259 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3260 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3261 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3262 | integer
3264 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3266 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3267 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3268 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3270 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3271 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3272 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3274 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3275 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3277 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3278 BREAK := (break)
3280 REPEAT :=
3281 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3282 (repeat)
3283 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3284 ;; (repeat))
3285 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3286 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3287 ;; (read REG)
3288 ;; (repeat))
3289 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3290 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3291 ;; (read REG)
3292 ;; (repeat))
3293 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3295 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3296 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3297 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3298 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3299 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3300 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3301 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3302 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3303 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3304 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3305 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3306 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3307 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3308 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3309 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3310 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3312 WRITE :=
3313 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3314 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3315 ;; representation.
3316 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3317 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3318 ;; (write r7))
3319 | (write EXPRESSION)
3320 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3321 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3322 ;; representation.
3323 | (write integer)
3324 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3325 ;; buffer.
3326 | (write string)
3327 ;; Same as: (write string)
3328 | string
3329 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3330 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3331 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3332 ;; representation.
3333 | (write REG ARRAY)
3334 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3335 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3336 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3337 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3338 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3339 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3341 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3342 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3344 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3345 END := (end)
3347 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3348 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3349 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3351 ARG := REG | integer
3353 OPERATOR :=
3354 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3355 + | - | * | / | %
3357 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3358 | & | `|' | ^
3360 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3361 | << | >>
3363 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3364 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3365 | <8
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3369 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3370 | >8
3372 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3373 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3374 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3375 | //
3377 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3378 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3380 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3381 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3384 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3385 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3386 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3387 | de-sjis
3389 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3390 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3391 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3393 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3394 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3395 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3396 ;; byte of SJIS.
3397 | en-sjis
3399 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3400 ;; Same meaning as C code
3401 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3403 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3404 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3405 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3406 | <8=
3408 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3409 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3410 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3412 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3413 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3414 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3415 | //=
3417 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3420 TRANSLATE :=
3421 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3422 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3423 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3424 LOOKUP :=
3425 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3426 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3427 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3428 MAP :=
3429 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3430 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3431 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3432 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3433 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3434 MAP-ID := integer
3436 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3438 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3440 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3441 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3442 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3443 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3445 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3447 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3448 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3449 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3451 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3453 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3455 ;;;***
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3461 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3462 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3463 There are no special keybindings by default.
3465 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3466 to the action header.
3468 \(fn)" t nil)
3470 ;;;***
3472 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19279 5149))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3476 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3477 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3478 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3480 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3482 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3483 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3484 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3486 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3488 ;;;***
3490 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3491 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3492 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3496 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3497 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3498 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19279 5149))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3500 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3501 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3502 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3503 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3504 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3506 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3507 Not documented
3509 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3511 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3512 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3513 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3514 the users will view as each check is completed.
3516 \(fn)" t nil)
3518 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3519 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3520 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3521 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3522 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3523 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3524 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3525 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3527 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3529 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3530 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3540 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3541 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3542 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3543 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3544 spacing are all verified.
3546 \(fn)" t nil)
3548 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3549 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3550 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3551 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3552 otherwise stop after the first error.
3554 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3556 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3557 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3558 Only documentation strings are checked.
3559 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3560 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3561 a separate buffer.
3563 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3565 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3566 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3567 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3568 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3569 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3571 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3573 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3574 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3575 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3576 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3577 if there is one.
3579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3582 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3584 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3585 if there is one.
3586 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3588 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3590 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3591 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3592 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3594 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3596 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3597 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3598 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3599 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3600 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3602 \(fn)" t nil)
3604 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3605 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3606 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3607 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3608 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3609 space at the end of each line.
3611 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3656 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3657 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3658 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3660 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3662 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3663 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3664 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3665 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3667 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3669 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3670 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3671 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3672 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3674 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3676 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3677 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3678 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3679 turn it off.
3681 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3682 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3683 checking of documentation strings.
3685 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3689 ;;;***
3691 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3692 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3693 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19279 5150))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3696 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3697 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3698 Return the length of resulting text.
3700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3702 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3703 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3705 \(fn)" t nil)
3707 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3708 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3709 Return the length of resulting text.
3711 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3713 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3714 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3716 \(fn)" t nil)
3718 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3719 Not documented
3721 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3723 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3724 Not documented
3726 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3728 ;;;***
3730 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3731 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19279 5148))
3732 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3734 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3735 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3736 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3737 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3738 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3739 editing and the result is evaluated.
3741 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3743 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3744 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3745 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3746 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3747 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3749 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3751 \(fn)" t nil)
3753 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3754 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3755 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3756 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3757 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3759 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3760 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3761 \\{command-history-map}
3763 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3764 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3766 \(fn)" t nil)
3768 ;;;***
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19279 5149))
3771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3773 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3774 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3775 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3776 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3777 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3778 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3780 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3781 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3783 ;;;***
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3786 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3789 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3790 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3791 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3792 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3793 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3794 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3795 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3796 of this function.
3798 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3799 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3800 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3801 property are:
3803 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3804 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3806 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3807 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3808 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3809 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3810 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3811 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3812 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3813 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3814 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3815 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3816 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3817 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3819 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3820 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3821 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3823 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3824 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3825 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3826 list elements are:
3828 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3830 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3832 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3834 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3835 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3837 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3838 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3840 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3841 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3842 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3843 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3844 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3845 value specified by their associated list element.
3847 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3849 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3850 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3851 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3853 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3854 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3855 * indent the first argument by 4.
3856 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3857 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3858 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3860 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3862 ;;;***
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3868 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3869 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3870 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3871 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3873 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3874 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3875 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3876 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3878 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3879 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3881 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3883 ;;;***
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19279
3886 ;;;;;; 5148))
3887 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3889 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3890 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3891 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3892 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3893 of `scheme-program-name').
3894 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3895 it is given as initial input.
3896 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3897 discards input when it starts up.
3898 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3899 is run).
3900 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3902 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3903 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3905 ;;;***
3907 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3908 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3909 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3910 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3913 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3914 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3915 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3916 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3917 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3918 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3919 functions have already modified the buffer.
3921 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3923 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3924 either globally or locally.")
3926 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3928 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3929 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3930 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3931 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3932 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3933 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3934 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3935 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3936 process as its initial input.
3938 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3940 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3942 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3943 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3944 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3945 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3946 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3947 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3948 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3949 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3950 process as its initial input.
3952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3954 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3956 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3957 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3958 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3959 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3960 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3961 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3963 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3965 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3966 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3967 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3968 directory tracking functions.")
3970 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3971 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3972 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3974 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3976 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3979 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3980 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3982 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3984 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3987 Send COMMAND to current process.
3988 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3989 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3991 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3993 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3994 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3995 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3996 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3998 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4000 ;;;***
4002 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19279
4003 ;;;;;; 5148))
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4006 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4007 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4008 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4009 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4011 This command pushes the mark in each window
4012 at the prior location of point in that window.
4013 If both windows display the same buffer,
4014 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4015 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4017 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4018 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4019 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4020 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4021 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4022 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4023 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4024 ignored.
4026 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4027 this command work in interlaced mode:
4028 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4029 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4030 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4032 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4034 ;;;***
4036 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4037 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4038 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4039 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4040 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19375
4041 ;;;;;; 49830))
4042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4044 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4045 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4047 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4049 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4050 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4051 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4052 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4053 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4054 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4055 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4057 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4059 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4060 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4062 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4064 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4065 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4066 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4067 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4068 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4069 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4070 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4072 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4073 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4074 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4075 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4076 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4078 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4079 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4080 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4081 describing how the process finished.")
4083 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4084 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4085 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4086 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4087 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4089 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4090 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4091 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4093 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4095 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4096 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4097 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4098 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4100 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4102 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4103 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4105 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4106 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4108 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4109 (lambda ()
4110 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4111 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4112 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4113 (concat \"make -k \"
4114 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4116 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4117 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4119 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4120 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4121 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4122 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4126 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4127 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4128 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4129 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4131 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4132 and move to the source code that caused it.
4134 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4135 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4137 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4138 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4139 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4140 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4142 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4143 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4144 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4145 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4147 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4148 kills its subprocesses.
4150 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4151 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4152 to a function that generates a unique name.
4154 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4156 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4157 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4158 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4159 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4161 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4162 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4164 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4165 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4166 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4167 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4169 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4170 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4171 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4173 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4175 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4177 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4178 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4179 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4180 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4181 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4183 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4185 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4187 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4189 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4190 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4191 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4192 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4193 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4194 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4195 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4199 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4200 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4201 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4202 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4203 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4204 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4208 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4209 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4210 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4212 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4216 ;;;***
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4219 ;;;;;; (19358 54001))
4220 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4222 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4223 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4224 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4227 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4229 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4231 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4232 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4233 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4235 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4236 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4237 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4238 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4240 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4241 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4242 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4243 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4245 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4246 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4247 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4248 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4250 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4251 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4252 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4253 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4254 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4258 ;;;***
4260 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4261 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
4262 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4264 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4265 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4266 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4269 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4271 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4273 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4274 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4278 ;;;***
4280 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4281 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4282 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4283 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4286 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4287 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4288 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4289 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4290 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4291 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4292 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4294 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4295 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4296 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4298 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4299 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4300 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4302 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4303 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4304 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4305 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4307 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4308 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4309 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4310 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4311 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4312 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4313 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4315 \\{conf-mode-map}
4317 \(fn)" t nil)
4319 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4320 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4321 Comments start with `#'.
4322 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4324 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4326 \[Desktop Entry]
4327 Encoding=UTF-8
4328 Name=The GIMP
4329 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4330 Name[cs]=GIMP
4332 \(fn)" t nil)
4334 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4335 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4336 Comments start with `;'.
4337 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4339 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4341 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4342 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4343 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4345 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4346 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4348 \(fn)" t nil)
4350 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4351 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4352 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4353 between `/*' and `*/'.
4354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4356 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4357 // another kind of comment
4358 /* yet another */
4360 name:value
4361 name=value
4362 name value
4363 x.1 =
4364 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4365 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4367 \(fn)" t nil)
4369 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4370 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4371 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4372 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4373 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4374 `conf-space-keywords'.
4375 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4376 in an interactive fashion instead.
4378 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4380 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4382 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4383 image/png png
4384 image/tiff tiff tif
4386 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4387 class desktop
4388 # Standard multimedia devices
4389 add /dev/audio desktop
4390 add /dev/mixer desktop
4392 \(fn)" t nil)
4394 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4395 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4396 See `conf-space-mode'.
4398 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4400 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4401 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4402 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4403 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4405 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4407 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4408 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4410 \(fn)" t nil)
4412 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4413 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4414 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4415 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4417 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4419 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4420 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4422 \(fn)" t nil)
4424 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4425 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4426 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4427 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4429 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4431 *background: gray99
4432 *foreground: black
4434 \(fn)" t nil)
4436 ;;;***
4438 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4439 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19279 5151))
4440 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4442 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4443 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4444 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4445 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4447 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4449 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4450 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4451 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4452 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4454 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4456 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4457 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4458 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4459 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4461 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4463 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4464 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4466 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4468 ;;;***
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4471 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19279
4472 ;;;;;; 5149))
4473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4475 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4476 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4477 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4478 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4479 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4480 following the copyright are updated as well.
4481 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4482 interactively.
4484 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4486 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4487 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4488 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4490 \(fn)" t nil)
4492 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4493 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4495 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4497 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4498 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4500 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4502 ;;;***
4504 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4505 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19279 5151))
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4507 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4508 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4509 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4510 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4511 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4512 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4513 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4515 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4516 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4517 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4518 Tab indents for Perl code.
4519 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4520 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4522 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4523 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4524 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4525 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4526 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4527 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4528 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4529 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4530 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4531 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4532 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4533 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4535 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4537 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4538 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4540 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4542 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4543 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4544 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4545 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4546 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4547 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4548 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4549 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4550 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4552 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4554 bite if angry;
4556 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4557 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4558 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4559 to nil.)
4561 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4562 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4563 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4565 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4567 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4568 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4569 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4570 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4571 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4573 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4575 if (A) { B }
4577 into
4579 B if A;
4581 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4583 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4584 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4585 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4586 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4587 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4588 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4589 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4590 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4591 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4592 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4593 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4594 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4595 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4597 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4598 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4599 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4600 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4601 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4602 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4604 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4605 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4606 man via menu.
4608 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4609 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4610 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4611 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4612 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4614 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4615 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4616 span the needed amount of lines.
4618 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4619 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4620 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4621 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4623 Variables controlling indentation style:
4624 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4625 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4626 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4627 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4628 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4629 `cperl-auto-newline'
4630 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4631 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4632 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4633 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4634 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4635 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4636 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4637 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4638 `cperl-indent-level'
4639 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4640 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4641 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4642 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4643 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4644 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4645 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4646 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4647 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4648 `cperl-brace-offset'
4649 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4650 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4651 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4652 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4653 `cperl-label-offset'
4654 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4655 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4656 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4658 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4659 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4660 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4661 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4662 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4663 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4665 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4666 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4667 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4668 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4670 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4671 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4672 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4673 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4674 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4675 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4676 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4678 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4679 column 0 is indented on
4680 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4682 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4683 with no args.
4685 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4686 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4687 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4689 \(fn)" t nil)
4691 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4692 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4694 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4696 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4697 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 ;;;***
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4704 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4707 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4708 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4709 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4710 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4711 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4715 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4716 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4720 ;;;***
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4723 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4726 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4727 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4728 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4729 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4732 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4734 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4736 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4737 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4738 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4742 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4744 ;;;***
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4747 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4750 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4751 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4752 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4753 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4755 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4756 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4757 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4758 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4760 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4761 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4762 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4764 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4765 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4766 'bob', and 'eve'.
4768 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4769 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4770 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4772 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4774 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4775 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4776 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4778 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4780 ;;;***
4782 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19279
4783 ;;;;;; 5152))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4785 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4787 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4788 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4790 \(fn)" t nil)
4792 ;;;***
4794 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4795 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
4796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4798 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4799 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4800 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4803 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4805 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4807 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4808 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4809 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4810 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4811 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4813 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4814 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4815 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4816 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4817 function of these prefix keys.
4819 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4820 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4821 options:
4822 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4823 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4824 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4826 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4827 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4828 the prefix fallback behavior.
4830 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4831 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4832 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4833 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4837 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4838 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4842 ;;;***
4844 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4845 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4846 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4847 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4848 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4849 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4850 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4851 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4852 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4853 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4854 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
4855 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4857 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4858 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4860 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4862 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4863 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4865 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4867 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4868 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4870 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4871 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4873 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4874 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4876 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4877 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4879 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4880 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4882 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4884 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4886 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4887 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4888 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4890 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4891 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4893 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4894 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4896 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4897 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4899 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4901 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4903 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4904 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4905 Return VALUE.
4907 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4908 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4910 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4911 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4913 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4914 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4916 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4918 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4920 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4921 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4922 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4923 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4924 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4926 \(fn)" t nil)
4928 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4930 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4931 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4933 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4935 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4938 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4940 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4941 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4943 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4945 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4947 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4948 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4950 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4952 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4954 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4955 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4956 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4958 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4960 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4961 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4962 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4963 as part of Emacs itself.
4965 Each elements looks like this:
4967 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4969 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4970 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4971 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4972 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4973 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4974 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4975 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4976 and `defface'.
4978 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4980 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4981 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4982 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4983 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4984 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4986 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4987 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4988 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4989 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4991 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4993 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4994 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4995 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4996 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4997 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4999 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5000 that were added or redefined since that version.
5002 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5004 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5005 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5006 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5007 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5009 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5010 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5012 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5014 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5015 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5016 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5018 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5019 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5021 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5023 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5024 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5028 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5029 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5031 \(fn)" t nil)
5033 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all already saved user options.
5036 \(fn)" t nil)
5038 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5039 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5040 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5041 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5042 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5043 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5045 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5046 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5047 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5048 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5049 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5050 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5052 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5054 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5055 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5056 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5057 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5059 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5061 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5066 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5067 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5069 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5071 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5072 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5073 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5074 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5075 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5076 that option.
5078 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5080 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5081 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5082 The result includes selecting that window.
5083 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5084 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5085 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5086 that option.
5088 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5090 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5091 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5093 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5095 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5096 File used for storing customization information.
5097 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5098 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5099 it should be an absolute file name.
5101 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5102 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5103 something like the following in your init file:
5105 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5106 \(load custom-file)
5108 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5109 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5111 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5112 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5113 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5114 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5115 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5117 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5118 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5119 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5120 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5121 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5122 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5123 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5124 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5125 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5126 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5128 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5130 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5131 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5133 \(fn)" nil nil)
5135 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5136 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5138 \(fn)" t nil)
5140 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5141 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5142 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5144 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5146 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5147 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5148 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5149 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5150 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5152 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5154 ;;;***
5156 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5157 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
5158 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5160 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5161 Create a custom theme.
5163 \(fn)" t nil)
5165 ;;;***
5167 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5168 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
5169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5171 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5172 Mode used for cvs status output.
5174 \(fn)" t nil)
5176 ;;;***
5178 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5179 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19279 5151))
5180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5182 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5183 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5185 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5187 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5188 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5189 C++ modes are included.
5191 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5195 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5196 Turn on CWarn mode.
5198 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5199 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5201 \(fn)" nil nil)
5203 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5204 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5205 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5208 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5210 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5212 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5213 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5214 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5215 ARG is positive.
5216 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5217 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5218 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5222 ;;;***
5224 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5225 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5226 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
5227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5229 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5230 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5232 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5234 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5235 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5237 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5239 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5240 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5241 For readability, the table is slightly
5242 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5244 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5245 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5246 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5247 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5248 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5250 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5252 ;;;***
5254 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5255 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
5256 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5257 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5258 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5259 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5260 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5262 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5263 Completion on current word.
5264 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5265 and presents suggestions for completion.
5267 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5268 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5269 completions.
5271 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[prefix-argument] \\[prefix-argument]),
5272 then it searches *all* buffers.
5274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5276 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5277 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5279 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5280 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5281 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5282 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5283 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5285 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5286 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5288 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5289 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5290 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5292 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5293 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5295 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5297 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5299 ;;;***
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5302 ;;;;;; (19323 49698))
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5305 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5306 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5308 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5310 ;;;***
5312 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19345
5313 ;;;;;; 41626))
5314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5316 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5317 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5318 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5319 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5320 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5322 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5324 ;;;***
5326 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19279
5327 ;;;;;; 5151))
5328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5330 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5331 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5333 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5334 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5335 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5337 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5338 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5339 Data lines are not indented.
5341 Key bindings:
5343 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5344 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5346 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5347 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5348 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5349 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5351 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5353 dcl-basic-offset
5354 Extra indentation within blocks.
5356 dcl-continuation-offset
5357 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5359 dcl-margin-offset
5360 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5362 dcl-margin-label-offset
5363 Indentation for a label.
5365 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5366 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5368 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5369 dcl-block-end-regexp
5370 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5371 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5372 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5373 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5374 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5376 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5377 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5378 Two such functions are included in the package:
5379 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5380 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5382 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5383 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5384 One such function is included in the package:
5385 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5387 dcl-tab-always-indent
5388 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5389 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5390 margin.
5392 dcl-electric-characters
5393 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5394 typed.
5396 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5397 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5398 which words trigger electric indentation.
5400 dcl-tempo-comma
5401 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5402 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5403 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5405 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5406 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5407 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5408 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5410 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5411 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5412 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5413 dcl-imenu-label-call
5414 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5416 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5417 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5418 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5419 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5422 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5424 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5425 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5426 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5427 $ i = 1
5428 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5429 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5430 $ label:
5431 $ if i.eq.1
5432 $ then
5433 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5434 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5435 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5436 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5437 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5438 \"lined up with the command line\"
5439 $ type sys$input
5440 Data lines are not indented at all.
5441 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5442 $ endif
5446 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5447 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5449 \(fn)" t nil)
5451 ;;;***
5453 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5454 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19279 5149))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5457 (setq debugger 'debug)
5459 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5460 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5461 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5462 of the evaluator.
5464 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5465 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5466 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5468 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5470 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5471 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5473 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5475 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5476 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5477 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5478 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5479 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5480 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5482 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5483 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5485 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5487 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5488 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5489 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5490 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5491 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5493 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5495 ;;;***
5497 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5498 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
5499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5501 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5502 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5504 \(fn)" t nil)
5506 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5507 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5508 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5509 Upper-case letters are commands.
5511 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5512 modify it.
5514 The most useful commands are:
5515 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5516 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5517 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5518 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5519 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5520 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5522 \(fn)" t nil)
5524 ;;;***
5526 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5527 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19323
5528 ;;;;;; 49698))
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5531 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5532 Customization of `columns' group.
5534 \(fn)" t nil)
5536 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5537 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5539 START and END delimits the text region.
5541 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5543 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5544 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5546 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5548 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5550 ;;;***
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19279
5553 ;;;;;; 38446))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5556 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5557 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5558 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5559 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5560 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5561 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5562 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5564 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5566 Customization:
5568 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5569 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5570 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5571 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5572 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5573 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5574 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5575 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5576 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5577 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5578 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5579 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5580 blank line.
5581 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5582 Directories to search when finding external units.
5583 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5584 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5586 Coloring:
5588 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5589 Face used to color delphi comments.
5590 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5591 Face used to color delphi strings.
5592 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5593 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5594 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5595 Face used to color everything else.
5597 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5598 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5600 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5602 ;;;***
5604 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19279
5605 ;;;;;; 5148))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5608 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5610 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5611 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5612 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5614 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5615 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5617 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5619 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5620 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5621 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5622 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5624 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5625 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5626 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5627 any selection.
5629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5631 ;;;***
5633 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5634 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19279 5149))
5635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5637 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5638 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5640 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5642 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5643 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5644 or nil if there is no parent.
5645 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5646 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5647 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5648 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5649 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5651 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5652 arguments are currently understood:
5653 :group GROUP
5654 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5655 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5656 :syntax-table TABLE
5657 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5658 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5659 :abbrev-table TABLE
5660 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5661 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5663 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5665 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5667 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5668 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5669 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5671 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5672 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5674 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5675 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5676 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5678 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5679 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5681 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5682 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5684 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5686 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5688 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5689 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5690 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5691 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5692 the first time the mode is used.
5694 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5696 ;;;***
5698 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5699 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19279 5148))
5700 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5702 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5703 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5704 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5705 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5706 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5707 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5708 otherwise.
5710 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5712 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5713 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5714 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5715 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5716 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5717 character composition information (if relevant),
5718 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5720 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5722 ;;;***
5724 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5725 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5726 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5727 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19372 27330))
5728 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5730 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5731 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5732 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5734 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5736 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5737 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5738 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5739 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5740 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5741 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5745 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5746 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5747 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5748 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5750 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5752 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5753 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5754 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5756 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5757 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5758 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5760 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5761 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5763 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5764 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5765 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5767 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5768 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5769 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5770 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5772 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5774 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5775 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5777 Handlers are called with argument list
5779 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5781 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5783 desktop-file-version
5784 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5785 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5786 desktop-buffer-point
5787 desktop-buffer-mark
5788 desktop-buffer-read-only
5789 desktop-buffer-locals
5791 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5792 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5794 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5795 code like
5797 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5799 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5800 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5802 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5804 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5806 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5807 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5808 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5809 List elements must have the form
5811 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5813 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5814 function.
5816 Handlers are called with argument list
5818 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5820 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5822 desktop-file-version
5823 desktop-buffer-file-name
5824 desktop-buffer-name
5825 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5826 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5827 desktop-buffer-point
5828 desktop-buffer-mark
5829 desktop-buffer-read-only
5830 desktop-buffer-misc
5832 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5833 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5834 created and set.
5836 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5837 code like
5839 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5841 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5842 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5844 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5846 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5848 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5850 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5851 Empty the Desktop.
5852 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5853 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5854 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5856 \(fn)" t nil)
5858 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5859 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5860 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5861 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5862 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5864 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5866 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5867 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5868 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5870 \(fn)" t nil)
5872 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5873 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5874 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5875 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5876 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5877 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5878 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5879 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5881 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5884 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5885 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5887 \(fn)" nil nil)
5889 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5890 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5891 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5892 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5893 directory DIRNAME.
5895 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5897 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5898 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5900 \(fn)" t nil)
5902 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5903 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5905 \(fn)" t nil)
5907 ;;;***
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5910 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5911 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19279 5150))
5912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5914 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5915 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5916 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5917 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5918 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5919 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5921 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5923 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5924 Repair a broken attribution line.
5925 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5927 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5929 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5930 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5931 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5932 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5934 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5936 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5937 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5939 \(fn)" t nil)
5941 ;;;***
5943 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5944 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19299 25154))
5945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5947 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5948 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5949 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5950 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5951 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5955 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5956 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5957 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5958 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5960 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5961 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5962 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5963 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5965 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5966 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5968 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5969 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5970 calendar-date-style 'european
5971 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5973 \(diary-mail-entries)
5975 # diary-rem.el ends here
5977 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5979 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5980 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5982 \(fn)" t nil)
5984 ;;;***
5986 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5987 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19279 5148))
5988 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5990 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5991 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5993 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5995 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5996 The command to use to run diff.")
5998 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6000 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6001 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6002 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6003 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6004 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6005 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6007 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6008 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6009 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6011 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6013 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6014 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6015 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6016 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6017 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6018 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6020 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6022 ;;;***
6024 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6025 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
6026 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6028 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6029 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6030 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6031 normal diffs.
6033 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6034 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6035 headers for you on-the-fly.
6037 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6038 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6039 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6041 \\{diff-mode-map}
6043 \(fn)" t nil)
6045 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6046 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6047 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6051 ;;;***
6053 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19279 5151))
6054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6056 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6057 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6058 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6060 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6062 ;;;***
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6065 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6066 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19313 15414))
6067 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6069 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6070 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6071 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6072 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6073 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6074 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6075 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6076 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6078 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6080 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6081 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6083 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6084 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6085 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6086 A value of t means move to first file.")
6088 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6090 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6091 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6092 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6093 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6094 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6095 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6097 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6098 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6099 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6100 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6101 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6102 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6103 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6104 list of files to make directory entries for.
6105 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6106 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6107 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6108 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6110 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6112 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6113 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6115 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6116 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6118 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6119 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6121 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6122 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6124 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6126 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6127 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6129 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6131 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6132 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6133 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6134 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6135 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6136 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6137 is displayed.
6138 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6139 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6141 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6143 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6144 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6145 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6146 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6147 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6148 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6149 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6150 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6151 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6152 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6153 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6154 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6155 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6156 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6157 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6158 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6159 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6160 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6161 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6162 to see why something went wrong.
6163 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6164 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6165 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6166 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6167 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6168 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6169 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6170 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6171 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6172 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6173 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6174 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6175 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6177 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6178 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6179 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6180 again for the directory tree.
6182 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6183 for more info):
6185 `dired-listing-switches'
6186 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6187 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6188 `dired-marker-char'
6189 `dired-del-marker'
6190 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6191 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6192 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6193 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6195 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6197 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6198 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6199 `dired-mode-hook'
6200 `dired-load-hook'
6202 Keybindings:
6203 \\{dired-mode-map}
6205 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6206 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6208 ;;;***
6210 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6211 ;;;;;; (19299 25154))
6212 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6214 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6215 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6216 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6217 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6218 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6219 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6220 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6224 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6225 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6226 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6228 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6230 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6231 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6233 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6235 ;;;***
6237 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19279
6238 ;;;;;; 5149))
6239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6241 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6242 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6243 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6244 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6245 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6246 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6248 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6250 ;;;***
6252 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6253 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6254 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6255 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6256 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6257 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19279 5148))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6260 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6261 Return a new, empty display table.
6263 \(fn)" nil nil)
6265 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6266 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6267 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6268 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6269 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6271 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6273 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6274 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6275 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6276 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6277 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6279 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6281 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6282 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6284 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6286 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6287 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6289 \(fn)" t nil)
6291 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6292 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6294 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6296 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6297 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6299 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6301 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6302 Display character C using printable string S.
6304 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6306 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6307 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6308 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6309 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6311 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6313 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6314 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6315 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6316 X frame.
6318 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6320 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6321 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6323 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6325 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6326 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6328 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6330 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6331 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6333 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6335 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6336 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6338 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6340 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6341 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6343 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6345 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6346 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6348 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6349 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6351 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6352 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6354 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6355 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6356 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6357 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6359 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6360 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6361 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6362 in `.emacs'.
6364 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6366 ;;;***
6368 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6369 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
6370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6372 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6373 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6374 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6375 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6376 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6377 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6378 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6379 Default is 2.
6381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6383 ;;;***
6385 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19279 5148))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6388 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6389 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6390 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6391 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6392 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6393 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6394 private or ask).
6395 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6396 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6397 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6398 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6399 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6401 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6403 ;;;***
6405 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6406 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19279 5152))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6409 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6410 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6411 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6412 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6413 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6414 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6415 table and its own syntax table.
6417 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6419 \(fn)" t nil)
6420 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6422 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6423 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6425 \(fn)" t nil)
6426 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6428 ;;;***
6430 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6431 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19323 49698))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6434 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6435 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6436 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6438 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6440 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6441 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6443 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6444 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6446 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6447 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6448 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6450 \(fn)" t nil)
6452 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6453 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6454 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6455 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6459 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6460 Not documented
6462 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6464 ;;;***
6466 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19279 5151))
6467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6469 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6470 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6472 \(fn)" t nil)
6474 ;;;***
6476 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19279 5148))
6477 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6479 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6480 Toggle Double mode.
6481 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6482 turn it off.
6484 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6485 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6489 ;;;***
6491 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19279 5151))
6492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6494 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6495 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6497 \(fn)" t nil)
6499 ;;;***
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6502 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
6503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6505 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6506 Play sounds in message buffers.
6508 \(fn)" t nil)
6510 ;;;***
6512 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6513 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6514 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19279 5149))
6515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6517 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6519 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6520 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6521 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6522 and toggle command MODE.
6524 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6525 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6526 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6527 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6528 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6529 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6530 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6531 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6532 used (see below).
6534 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6535 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6536 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6537 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6538 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6539 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6540 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6541 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6542 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6543 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6544 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6545 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6546 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6547 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6548 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6549 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6550 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6552 For example, you could write
6553 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6554 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6555 ...BODY CODE...)
6557 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6559 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6561 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6563 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6564 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6565 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6566 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6567 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6568 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6569 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6570 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6571 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6572 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6573 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6574 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6576 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6577 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6578 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6579 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6580 call another major mode in their body.
6582 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6584 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6585 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6586 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6587 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6588 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6589 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6590 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6592 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6594 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6595 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6596 :inherit Parent keymap.
6597 :group Ignored.
6598 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6599 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6601 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6603 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6604 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6605 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6606 the constant's documentation.
6608 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6610 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6611 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6612 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6614 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6616 ;;;***
6618 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6619 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19279
6620 ;;;;;; 5149))
6621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6623 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6625 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6626 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6628 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6629 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6630 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6632 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6633 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6635 :filter FUNCTION
6637 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6638 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6640 :visible INCLUDE
6642 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6643 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6645 :active ENABLE
6647 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6648 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6650 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6652 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6654 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6656 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6657 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6659 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6660 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6662 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6664 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6666 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6668 :keys KEYS
6670 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6671 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6672 computed automatically.
6673 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6675 :key-sequence KEYS
6677 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6678 menu item.
6679 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6680 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6681 keyboard equivalent.
6683 :active ENABLE
6685 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6686 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6688 :visible INCLUDE
6690 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6691 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6693 :label FORM
6695 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6696 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6698 :suffix FORM
6700 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6701 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6703 :style STYLE
6705 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6706 defined:
6708 toggle: A checkbox.
6709 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6710 radio: A radio button.
6711 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6712 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6713 menu bar itself.
6714 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6716 :selected SELECTED
6718 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6719 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6721 :help HELP
6723 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6725 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6726 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6727 as a solid horizontal line.
6729 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6731 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6733 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6734 Not documented
6736 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6738 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6739 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6740 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6741 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6743 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6745 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6746 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6747 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6748 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6749 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6750 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6752 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6753 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6754 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6756 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6757 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6758 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6760 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6761 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6763 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6765 ;;;***
6767 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6768 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6769 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6770 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6771 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6772 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6773 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6774 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19279 5151))
6775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6777 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6778 Customization for ebnf group.
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6782 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6783 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6785 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6787 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6788 processed.
6790 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6792 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6794 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6795 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6797 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6798 killed after process termination.
6800 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6802 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6804 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6805 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6807 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6808 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6809 it to the printer.
6811 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6812 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6813 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6814 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6816 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6818 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6819 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6820 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6822 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6824 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6825 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6827 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6829 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6830 processed.
6832 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6834 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6836 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6839 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6840 killed after process termination.
6842 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6844 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6846 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6847 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6848 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6849 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6851 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6853 \(fn)" t nil)
6855 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6856 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6857 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6859 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6861 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6863 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6864 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6866 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6868 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6869 processed.
6871 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6873 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6875 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6876 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6878 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6879 killed after EPS generation.
6881 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6883 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6885 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6886 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6888 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6889 The EPS file name has the following form:
6891 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6893 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6894 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6896 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6897 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6898 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6899 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6900 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6902 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6903 files.
6905 \(fn)" t nil)
6907 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6908 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6910 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6911 The EPS file name has the following form:
6913 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6915 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6916 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6918 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6919 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6920 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6921 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6922 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6924 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6925 files.
6927 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6929 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6931 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6932 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6934 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6936 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6937 are processed.
6939 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6941 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6943 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6944 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6946 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6947 killed after syntax checking.
6949 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6951 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6953 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6954 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6956 \(fn)" t nil)
6958 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6959 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6961 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6966 \(fn)" nil nil)
6968 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6969 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6971 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6973 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6975 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6976 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6978 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6980 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6982 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6983 Delete style NAME.
6985 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6987 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6989 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6990 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6992 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6994 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6996 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6997 Set STYLE as the current style.
6999 Returns the old style symbol.
7001 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7003 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7005 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7006 Reset current style.
7008 Returns the old style symbol.
7010 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7012 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7014 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7015 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7017 Returns the old style symbol.
7019 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7021 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7023 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7028 Returns the old style symbol.
7030 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7032 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7034 \(fn)" t nil)
7036 ;;;***
7038 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7039 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7040 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7041 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7042 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7043 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7044 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7045 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7046 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7047 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7048 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19279
7049 ;;;;;; 5151))
7050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7052 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7053 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7054 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7055 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7056 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7057 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7059 Tree mode key bindings:
7060 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7062 \(fn)" t nil)
7064 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7065 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7067 \(fn)" t nil)
7069 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7070 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7072 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7074 \(fn)" nil nil)
7076 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7077 View declaration of member at point.
7079 \(fn)" t nil)
7081 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7082 Find declaration of member at point.
7084 \(fn)" t nil)
7086 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7087 View definition of member at point.
7089 \(fn)" t nil)
7091 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7092 Find definition of member at point.
7094 \(fn)" t nil)
7096 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7097 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7099 \(fn)" t nil)
7101 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7102 View definition of member at point in other window.
7104 \(fn)" t nil)
7106 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7107 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7109 \(fn)" t nil)
7111 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7112 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7114 \(fn)" t nil)
7116 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7117 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7119 \(fn)" t nil)
7121 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7122 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7124 \(fn)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7127 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7128 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7129 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7130 completion.
7132 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7134 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7135 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7136 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7137 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7139 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7141 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7142 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7143 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7144 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7146 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7148 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7149 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7150 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7152 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7154 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7155 Search for call sites of a member.
7156 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7157 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7158 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7159 looks like a function call to the member.
7161 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7163 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7164 Move backward in the position stack.
7165 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7167 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7169 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7170 Move forward in the position stack.
7171 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7173 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7176 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7178 \(fn)" t nil)
7180 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7181 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7183 \(fn)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7186 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7187 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7188 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7190 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7192 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7193 Display statistics for a class tree.
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7197 ;;;***
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7200 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7203 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7204 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7205 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7206 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7208 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7209 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7210 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7212 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7213 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7214 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7216 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7218 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7222 ;;;***
7224 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7225 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19279 5148))
7226 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7228 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7229 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7230 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7232 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7234 ;;;***
7236 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7237 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7240 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7241 Not documented
7243 \(fn)" nil nil)
7245 ;;;***
7247 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19323 49698))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7250 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7251 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7252 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7255 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7257 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7259 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7260 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7261 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7262 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7264 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7265 an EDE controlled project.
7267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7269 ;;;***
7271 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7272 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7273 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19279 5149))
7274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7276 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7277 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7278 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7279 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7280 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7282 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7283 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7284 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7285 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7287 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7289 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7290 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7291 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7292 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7294 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7296 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7297 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7298 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7299 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7301 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7303 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7305 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7306 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7307 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7308 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7309 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7311 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7312 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7313 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7314 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7315 instrumented for Edebug.
7317 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7318 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7319 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7320 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7321 already is one.)
7323 \(fn)" t nil)
7325 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7326 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7330 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7331 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7333 \(fn)" t nil)
7335 ;;;***
7337 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7338 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7339 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7340 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7341 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7342 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7343 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7344 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7345 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7346 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19279 5148))
7347 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7349 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7350 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7352 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7355 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7357 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7359 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7361 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7363 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7364 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7365 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7366 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7371 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7372 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7373 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7375 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7377 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7378 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7380 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7382 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7384 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7385 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7387 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7389 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7391 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7392 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7393 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7394 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7396 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7398 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7400 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7401 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7402 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7403 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7405 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7407 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7409 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7410 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7411 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7412 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7414 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7416 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7418 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7419 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7420 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7421 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7423 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7425 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7427 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7428 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7429 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7430 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7431 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7432 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7434 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7436 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7437 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7438 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7439 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7441 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7443 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7445 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7446 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7447 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7448 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7450 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7452 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7454 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7456 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7457 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7458 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7459 follows:
7460 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7461 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7463 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7466 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7467 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7468 follows:
7469 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7470 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7472 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7475 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7476 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7477 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7478 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7480 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7482 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7483 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7484 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7485 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7486 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7487 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7489 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7491 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7493 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7494 Merge two files without ancestor.
7496 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7498 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7499 Merge two files with ancestor.
7501 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7503 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7506 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7508 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7510 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7511 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7513 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7515 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7516 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7517 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7518 buffer.
7520 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7522 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7523 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7524 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7525 buffer.
7527 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7529 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7530 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7531 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7532 and don't ask the user.
7533 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7534 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7536 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7538 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7539 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7540 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7541 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7542 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7543 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7544 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7545 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7547 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7549 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7551 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7553 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7554 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7555 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7556 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7557 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7559 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7561 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7563 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7564 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7565 When called interactively, displays the version.
7567 \(fn)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7570 Display Ediff's manual.
7571 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7573 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7575 ;;;***
7577 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7578 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7581 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7582 Not documented
7584 \(fn)" t nil)
7586 ;;;***
7588 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7589 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7590 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7592 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7593 Display Ediff's registry.
7595 \(fn)" t nil)
7597 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7599 ;;;***
7601 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7602 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19313 15414))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7605 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7606 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7607 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7608 which see.
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7612 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7613 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7614 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7615 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7617 \(fn)" t nil)
7619 ;;;***
7621 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7622 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7623 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7626 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7627 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7628 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7630 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7631 Edit a keyboard macro.
7632 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7633 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7634 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7635 its command name.
7636 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7638 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7640 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7641 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7643 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7645 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7646 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7648 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7650 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7651 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7652 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7653 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7654 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7655 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7657 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7658 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7659 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7660 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7662 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7664 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7665 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7666 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7667 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7668 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7669 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7671 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7673 ;;;***
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7676 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19281 39617))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7679 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7680 Set scroll margins.
7681 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7682 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7684 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7686 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7687 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7689 \(fn)" t nil)
7691 ;;;***
7693 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7694 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7695 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7697 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7698 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7699 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7700 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7701 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7702 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7703 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7705 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7706 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7708 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7709 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7710 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7711 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7713 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7714 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7715 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7717 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7718 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7719 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7721 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7723 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7724 Not documented
7726 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7728 ;;;***
7730 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7731 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19279 5149))
7732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7734 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7735 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7737 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7739 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7740 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7741 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7742 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7743 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7744 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7745 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7747 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7751 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7752 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7754 \(fn)" t nil)
7756 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7757 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7758 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7759 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7760 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7761 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7762 arg list.
7764 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7765 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7766 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7767 effect.
7769 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7770 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7772 ;;;***
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19279
7775 ;;;;;; 5148))
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7778 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7779 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7781 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7782 an elided material again.
7784 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7788 ;;;***
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7791 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7792 ;;;;;; (19338 9840))
7793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7795 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7796 Lint the file FILE.
7798 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7800 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7801 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7802 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7804 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7807 Lint the current buffer.
7808 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7810 \(fn)" t nil)
7812 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7813 Lint the function at point.
7814 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7816 \(fn)" t nil)
7818 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7819 Initialize elint.
7820 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7821 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7823 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7825 ;;;***
7827 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7828 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19279
7829 ;;;;;; 5149))
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7832 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7833 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7834 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7836 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7838 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7839 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7840 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7841 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7843 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7845 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7846 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7847 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7849 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7851 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7853 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7854 Display current profiling results.
7855 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7856 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7857 displayed.
7859 \(fn)" t nil)
7861 ;;;***
7863 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7864 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7867 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7868 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7869 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7871 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7873 ;;;***
7875 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7876 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7877 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7878 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7879 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19256 49601))
7880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7882 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7883 Run Emerge on two files.
7885 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7887 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7888 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7890 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7893 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7895 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7898 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7900 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7903 Not documented
7905 \(fn)" nil nil)
7907 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7908 Not documented
7910 \(fn)" nil nil)
7912 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7913 Not documented
7915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7917 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7918 Not documented
7920 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7922 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7923 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7925 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7928 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7930 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7932 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7933 Not documented
7935 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7937 ;;;***
7939 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7940 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19279 5152))
7941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7943 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7944 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7945 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7946 text/enriched format.
7947 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7949 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7950 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7952 Commands:
7954 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7958 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7959 Not documented
7961 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7963 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7964 Not documented
7966 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7968 ;;;***
7970 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7971 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7972 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7973 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7974 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7975 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19279
7976 ;;;;;; 5148))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7979 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7980 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7982 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7984 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7985 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7987 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7989 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7990 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7991 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7992 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7993 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7994 the keys are listed.
7995 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7997 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7999 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8000 Decrypt FILE.
8002 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8004 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8005 Verify FILE.
8007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8009 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8010 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8012 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8014 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8015 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8017 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8019 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8020 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8022 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8023 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8024 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8025 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8026 should consider using the string based counterpart
8027 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8028 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8030 For example:
8032 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8033 (decode-coding-string
8034 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8035 'utf-8))
8037 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8039 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8040 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8042 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8043 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8045 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8047 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8048 Verify the current region between START and END.
8050 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8051 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8052 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8053 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8054 should consider using the string based counterpart
8055 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8056 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8058 For example:
8060 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8061 (decode-coding-string
8062 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8063 'utf-8))
8065 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8067 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8068 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8069 between START and END.
8071 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8072 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8074 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8076 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8077 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8079 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8080 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8081 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8082 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8083 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8084 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8086 For example:
8088 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8089 (epg-sign-string
8090 context
8091 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8093 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8095 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8096 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8098 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8099 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8100 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8101 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8102 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8103 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8105 For example:
8107 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8108 (epg-encrypt-string
8109 context
8110 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8111 nil))
8113 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8116 Delete selected KEYS.
8118 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8120 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8121 Import keys from FILE.
8123 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8125 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8126 Import keys from the region.
8128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8130 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8131 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8132 between START and END.
8134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8136 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8137 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8139 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8141 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8142 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8144 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8146 ;;;***
8148 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8149 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19279 5148))
8150 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8152 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8153 Decrypt marked files.
8155 \(fn)" t nil)
8157 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8158 Verify marked files.
8160 \(fn)" t nil)
8162 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8163 Sign marked files.
8165 \(fn)" t nil)
8167 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8168 Encrypt marked files.
8170 \(fn)" t nil)
8172 ;;;***
8174 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8175 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19279 5148))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8178 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8179 Not documented
8181 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8183 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8184 Not documented
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8188 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8189 Not documented
8191 \(fn)" t nil)
8193 ;;;***
8195 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8196 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8197 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19279 5148))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8200 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8201 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8205 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8206 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8207 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8209 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8211 \(fn)" t nil)
8213 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8214 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8215 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8217 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8219 \(fn)" t nil)
8221 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8222 Sign the current buffer.
8223 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8225 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8227 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8229 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8230 Encrypt the current buffer.
8231 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8233 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8235 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8237 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8238 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8239 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8241 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8243 \(fn)" t nil)
8245 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8246 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8247 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8250 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8252 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8254 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8255 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8259 ;;;***
8261 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19279 5148))
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8264 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8265 Return a context object.
8267 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8269 ;;;***
8271 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8272 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19356 10801))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8275 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8276 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8278 \(fn)" nil nil)
8280 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8281 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8283 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8285 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8286 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8288 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8290 ;;;***
8292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8293 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19299 25154))
8294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8296 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8297 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8299 \(fn)" nil nil)
8301 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8302 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8303 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8305 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8307 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8308 (server (erc-compute-server))
8309 (port (erc-compute-port))
8310 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8311 password
8312 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8314 That is, if called with
8316 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8318 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8319 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8320 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8322 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8324 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8326 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8327 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8328 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8329 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8331 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8333 ;;;***
8335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19279
8336 ;;;;;; 5150))
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8338 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8340 ;;;***
8342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19279 5150))
8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8344 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8346 ;;;***
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19279 5150))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8350 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8352 ;;;***
8354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19279 5150))
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8356 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8358 ;;;***
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8361 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19279 5150))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8363 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8365 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8366 Parser for /dcc command.
8367 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8368 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8369 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8371 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8373 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8374 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8376 \(fn)" nil nil)
8378 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8379 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8381 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8382 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8383 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8384 that subcommand.
8386 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8388 ;;;***
8390 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8391 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8392 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8393 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8394 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8397 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8398 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8400 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8402 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8403 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8404 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8405 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8407 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8409 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8410 Not documented
8412 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8414 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8415 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8417 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8419 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8420 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8422 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8424 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8425 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8427 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8430 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8435 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8437 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8440 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8445 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8447 \(fn)" nil nil)
8449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8450 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8452 \(fn)" nil nil)
8454 ;;;***
8456 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19279
8457 ;;;;;; 5150))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8459 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8461 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8462 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8463 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8465 \(fn)" nil nil)
8467 ;;;***
8469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19279
8470 ;;;;;; 5150))
8471 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8472 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8474 ;;;***
8476 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8477 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19279 5150))
8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8479 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8481 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8482 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8483 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8484 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8485 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8486 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8487 system.
8489 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8492 Not documented
8494 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8496 ;;;***
8498 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8499 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8502 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8503 Not documented
8505 \(fn)" nil nil)
8507 ;;;***
8509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19279 5150))
8510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8511 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8513 ;;;***
8515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19279 5150))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8517 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8519 ;;;***
8521 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8522 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19279 5150))
8523 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8524 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8526 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8527 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8528 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8529 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8530 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8531 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8533 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8535 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8536 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8537 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8538 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8540 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8541 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8542 automatically.
8544 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8545 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8549 ;;;***
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8552 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8553 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8554 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8555 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8556 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8558 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8559 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8561 \(fn)" t nil)
8563 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8564 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8566 \(fn)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8569 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8571 \(fn)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8574 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8576 \(fn)" t nil)
8578 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8579 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8583 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8584 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8588 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8589 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8593 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8594 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8596 \(fn)" t nil)
8598 ;;;***
8600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19279 5150))
8601 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8602 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8604 ;;;***
8606 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8607 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8608 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8609 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8611 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8612 Show who's gone.
8614 \(fn)" nil nil)
8616 ;;;***
8618 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8619 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19279 5150))
8620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8622 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8623 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8624 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8625 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8627 \(fn)" nil nil)
8629 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8630 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8634 ;;;***
8636 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8637 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19279 5150))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8639 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8641 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8642 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8643 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8644 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8646 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8648 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8649 Not documented
8651 \(fn)" nil nil)
8653 ;;;***
8655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19279 5150))
8656 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8657 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8659 ;;;***
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19279
8662 ;;;;;; 5150))
8663 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8664 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8666 ;;;***
8668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19279 5150))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8670 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8672 ;;;***
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19279 5150))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8676 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8678 ;;;***
8680 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8681 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19313 15414))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8683 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8685 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8686 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8688 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8690 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8691 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8692 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8694 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8696 ;;;***
8698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19279 5150))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8705 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8708 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8709 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8710 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8712 \(fn)" t nil)
8714 ;;;***
8716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19279
8717 ;;;;;; 5150))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8719 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8721 ;;;***
8723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19279 5150))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8725 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8727 ;;;***
8729 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8730 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8733 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8734 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8735 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8737 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8739 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8740 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8741 mode line.
8743 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8744 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8745 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8748 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8750 ;;;***
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8753 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19279 5150))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8755 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8757 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8758 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8759 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8760 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8762 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8764 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8765 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8766 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8768 \(fn)" t nil)
8770 ;;;***
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8773 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8775 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8777 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8778 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8780 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8782 ;;;***
8784 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19279
8785 ;;;;;; 5150))
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8788 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8789 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8791 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8793 \(fn)" nil nil)
8795 ;;;***
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19279
8798 ;;;;;; 5150))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8801 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8802 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8806 ;;;***
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8809 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19330 37505))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8812 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8813 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8814 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8815 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8816 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8817 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8818 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8819 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8820 buffer selected (or created).
8822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8824 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8825 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8826 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8828 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8830 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8831 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8832 The result might be any Lisp object.
8833 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8834 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8835 corresponding to a successful execution.
8837 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8839 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8841 ;;;***
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8844 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8845 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8846 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8847 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8848 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8849 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8853 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8854 *File name of tags table.
8855 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8856 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8857 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8858 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8860 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8861 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8862 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8863 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8865 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8867 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8868 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8869 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8870 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8871 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8872 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8874 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8876 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8877 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8878 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8879 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8880 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8881 `auto-compression-mode').")
8883 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8885 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8886 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8887 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8888 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8889 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8891 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8893 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8894 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8895 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8896 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8898 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8900 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8901 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8902 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8903 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8904 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8906 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8908 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8909 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8911 \(fn)" t nil)
8913 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8914 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8915 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8916 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8918 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8919 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8920 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8921 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8922 file the tag was in.
8924 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8926 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8927 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8928 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8929 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8930 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8931 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8932 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8933 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8934 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8936 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8938 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8939 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8940 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8941 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8942 without directory names.
8944 \(fn)" nil nil)
8946 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8947 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8948 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8949 but does not select the buffer.
8950 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8952 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8953 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8954 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8955 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8956 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8958 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8960 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8961 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8962 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8964 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8966 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8968 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8969 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8970 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8971 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8973 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8974 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8975 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8976 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8977 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8979 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8981 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8982 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8983 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8985 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8987 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8988 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8990 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8991 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8992 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8993 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8994 around or before point.
8996 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8997 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8998 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8999 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9000 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9002 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9004 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9005 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9006 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9008 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9010 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9011 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9013 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9014 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9015 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9016 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9017 around or before point.
9019 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9020 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9021 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9022 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9023 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9025 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9027 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9028 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9029 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9031 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9033 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9034 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9036 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9037 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9038 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9040 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9041 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9042 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9043 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9044 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9046 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9048 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9049 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9050 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9052 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9054 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9055 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9056 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9058 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9059 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9061 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9062 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9063 where they were found.
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9067 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9068 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9070 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9071 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9072 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9074 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9075 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9077 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9078 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9080 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9082 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9083 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9084 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9085 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9087 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9088 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9089 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9090 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9091 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9093 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9094 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9096 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9097 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9098 Stops when a match is found.
9099 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9101 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9103 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9105 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9106 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9107 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9108 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9109 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9110 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9111 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9112 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9114 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9115 produce the list of files to search.
9117 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9119 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9121 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9122 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9123 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9124 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9125 directory specification.
9127 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9129 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9130 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9132 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9134 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9135 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9136 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9137 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9139 \(fn)" t nil)
9141 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9142 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9143 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9144 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9145 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9147 \(fn)" t nil)
9149 ;;;***
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9152 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9153 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9154 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9155 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9156 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9157 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9158 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9161 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9162 Not documented
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9166 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9167 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9169 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9170 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9172 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9173 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9174 primary language.
9176 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9177 even if the buffer is read-only.
9179 See also the descriptions of the variables
9180 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9182 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9184 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9185 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9187 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9188 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9190 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9191 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9192 primary language.
9194 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9195 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9197 See also the descriptions of the variables
9198 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9200 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9202 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9203 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9204 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9205 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9207 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9209 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9210 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9211 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9212 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9214 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9215 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9216 primary language.
9218 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9219 buffer is read-only.
9221 See also the descriptions of the variables
9222 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9223 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9225 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9227 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9228 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9230 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9231 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9233 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9234 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9235 the primary language.
9237 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9238 buffer is read-only.
9240 See also the descriptions of the variables
9241 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9242 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9244 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9246 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9247 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9248 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9250 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9252 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9253 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9255 \(fn)" t nil)
9257 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9258 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9260 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9261 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9262 be 1, 2, or 3.
9264 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9265 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9266 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9268 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9270 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9272 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9273 This function is deprecated.
9275 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9277 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9278 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9282 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9283 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9285 \(fn)" t nil)
9287 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9288 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9290 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9291 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9293 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9294 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9296 \(fn)" nil nil)
9298 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9299 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9301 \(fn)" nil nil)
9303 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9304 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9306 \(fn)" nil nil)
9308 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9309 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9311 \(fn)" nil nil)
9313 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9314 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9315 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9317 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9319 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9320 Not documented
9322 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9324 ;;;***
9326 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9327 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9328 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9331 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9332 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9333 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9334 server for future sessions.
9336 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9338 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9339 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9340 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9342 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9344 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9345 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9346 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9348 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9350 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9351 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9352 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9353 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9354 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9355 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9356 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9357 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9358 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9359 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9360 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9361 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9363 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9365 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9366 Display a form to query the directory server.
9367 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9368 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9370 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9372 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9373 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9374 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9376 \(fn)" t nil)
9378 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9380 ;;;***
9382 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9383 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9384 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19279 5151))
9385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9387 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9388 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9390 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9392 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9393 Display URL and make it clickable.
9395 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9397 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9398 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9400 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9402 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9403 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9407 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9408 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9410 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9412 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9413 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9415 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9417 ;;;***
9419 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9420 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19279 5151))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9423 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9424 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9425 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9427 \(fn)" t nil)
9429 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9430 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9432 \(fn)" t nil)
9434 ;;;***
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9437 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9440 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9441 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9443 \(fn)" t nil)
9445 ;;;***
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19279
9448 ;;;;;; 5149))
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9451 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9452 Create an empty ewoc.
9454 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9456 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9457 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9458 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9459 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9460 `insert-before-markers'.
9462 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9463 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9464 respectively, of the ewoc.
9466 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9467 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9468 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9470 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9472 ;;;***
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9475 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9476 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9477 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
9478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9480 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9481 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9482 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9484 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9486 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9487 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9488 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9489 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9490 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9492 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9494 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9495 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9496 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9497 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9498 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9499 executable.
9501 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9503 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9504 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9505 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9507 \(fn)" t nil)
9509 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9510 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9511 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9512 file modes.
9514 \(fn)" nil nil)
9516 ;;;***
9518 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9519 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9520 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9523 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9524 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9525 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9526 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9528 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9530 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9531 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9532 to generate such functions.
9534 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9535 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9536 beginning of the expanded text.
9538 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9539 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9540 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9541 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9543 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9545 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9547 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9548 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9549 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9551 \(fn)" nil nil)
9553 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9554 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9555 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9557 \(fn)" t nil)
9559 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9560 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9561 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9563 \(fn)" t nil)
9564 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9565 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9567 ;;;***
9569 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19326 6129))
9570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9572 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9573 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9574 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9576 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9577 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9578 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9580 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9582 Key definitions:
9583 \\{f90-mode-map}
9585 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9587 `f90-do-indent'
9588 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9589 `f90-if-indent'
9590 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9591 `f90-type-indent'
9592 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9593 `f90-program-indent'
9594 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9595 (default 2).
9596 `f90-continuation-indent'
9597 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9598 `f90-comment-region'
9599 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9600 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9601 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9602 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9603 (default \"!\").
9604 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9605 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9606 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9607 `f90-break-delimiters'
9608 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9609 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9610 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9611 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9612 (default t).
9613 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9614 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9615 `f90-smart-end'
9616 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9617 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9618 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9619 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9620 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9621 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9622 `f90-leave-line-no'
9623 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9625 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9626 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9628 \(fn)" t nil)
9630 ;;;***
9632 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9633 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9634 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9635 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19358
9636 ;;;;;; 54001))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9639 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9640 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9642 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9643 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9645 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9646 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9647 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9648 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9649 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9650 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9651 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9653 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9654 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9655 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9657 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9659 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9660 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9662 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9664 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9665 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9666 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9667 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9668 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9669 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9671 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9673 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9674 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9675 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9677 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9678 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9679 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9680 the same amount).
9682 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9684 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9685 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9686 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9688 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9689 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9690 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9691 will remove any scaling currently active.
9693 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9695 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9696 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9697 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9699 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9700 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9701 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9702 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9703 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9705 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9706 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9708 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9709 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9711 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9712 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9713 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9715 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9716 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9717 is one of the above.
9719 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9720 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9721 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9722 will remove any scaling currently active.
9724 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9725 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9726 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9727 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9728 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9730 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9732 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9733 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9734 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9735 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9740 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9741 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9742 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9743 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9745 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9746 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9748 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9750 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9751 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9752 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9753 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9755 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9756 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9757 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9758 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9760 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9761 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9763 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9766 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9767 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9768 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9772 ;;;***
9774 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9775 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9776 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19256 49601))
9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9779 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9780 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9781 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9782 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9784 \(fn)" nil nil)
9786 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9787 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9791 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9792 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9793 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9794 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9798 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9799 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9800 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9801 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9802 backup file names and the like).
9804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9806 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9807 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9808 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9809 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9810 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9811 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9812 internally by feedmail):
9814 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9815 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9816 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9817 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9819 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9820 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9821 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9822 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9823 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9825 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9827 ;;;***
9829 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9830 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19321 4517))
9831 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9833 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9834 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9835 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9836 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9837 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9838 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9839 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9841 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9844 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9845 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9846 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9847 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9848 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9849 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9851 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9853 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9855 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9856 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9857 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9858 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9859 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9860 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9862 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9865 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9866 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9867 Return value:
9868 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9869 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9870 * otherwise, nil
9872 \(fn E)" t nil)
9874 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9875 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9876 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9878 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9880 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9881 Try to get a file name at point.
9882 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9884 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9885 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9887 \(fn)" t nil)
9889 ;;;***
9891 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9892 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9893 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9894 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19279 5148))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9897 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9898 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9899 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9900 be added to the cache.
9902 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9904 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9905 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9906 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9907 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9908 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9910 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9912 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9913 Add FILE to the file cache.
9915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9917 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9918 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9919 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9921 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9924 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9925 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9927 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9929 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9930 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9931 This function does not use any external programs
9932 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9933 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9934 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9936 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9938 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9939 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9940 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9941 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9942 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9943 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9944 \(directories) is done.
9946 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9948 ;;;***
9950 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9951 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9952 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9953 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9954 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19279 5148))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9957 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9958 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9960 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9961 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9962 Local Variables list.
9964 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9965 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9966 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9968 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9970 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9971 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9973 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9975 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9976 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9978 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9979 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9980 the -*- line.
9982 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9983 then this function adds it.
9985 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9987 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9988 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9990 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9992 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9993 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9995 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9997 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9998 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10000 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10002 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10003 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10005 \(fn)" t nil)
10007 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10008 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10010 \(fn)" t nil)
10012 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10013 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10015 \(fn)" t nil)
10017 ;;;***
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19279
10020 ;;;;;; 5148))
10021 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10023 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10024 Filesets initialization.
10025 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10027 \(fn)" nil nil)
10029 ;;;***
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19279 38446))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10034 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10035 Initiate the building of a find command.
10036 For example:
10038 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10039 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10040 (mtime \"+1\"))
10041 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10043 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10044 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10046 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10048 ;;;***
10050 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10051 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10052 ;;;;;; (19375 49830))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10055 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10056 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10057 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10058 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10059 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10061 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10063 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10064 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10065 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10066 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10067 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10069 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10071 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10072 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10073 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10074 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10076 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10078 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10079 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10080 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10082 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10084 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10085 as the final argument.
10087 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10089 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10090 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10091 and run dired on those files.
10092 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10093 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10095 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10097 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10099 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10100 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10101 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10103 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10105 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10107 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10109 ;;;***
10111 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10112 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10113 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10116 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10117 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10118 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10119 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10120 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10121 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10122 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10124 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10125 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10126 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10128 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10130 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10132 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10134 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10135 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10136 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10138 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10139 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10141 Variables of interest include:
10143 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10144 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10145 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10147 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10148 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10149 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10151 - `ff-ignore-include'
10152 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10154 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10155 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10157 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10158 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10160 - `ff-special-constructs'
10161 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10162 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10163 extracting the filename from that construct.
10165 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10166 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10168 - `ff-search-directories'
10169 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10170 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10172 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10173 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10175 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10176 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10178 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10179 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10181 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10182 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10184 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10185 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10187 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10189 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10190 Visit the file you click on.
10192 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10194 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10195 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10197 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10199 ;;;***
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10202 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10203 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10204 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10205 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10206 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10207 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19279 5149))
10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10210 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10211 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10212 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10214 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10216 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10217 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10218 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10219 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10221 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10222 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10223 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10224 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10226 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10228 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10229 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10231 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10232 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10233 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10234 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10236 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10237 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10238 in `load-path'.
10240 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10242 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10243 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10245 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10246 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10247 places point before the definition.
10248 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10250 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10251 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10252 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10254 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10256 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10257 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10259 See `find-function' for more details.
10261 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10263 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10264 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10266 See `find-function' for more details.
10268 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10270 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10271 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10273 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10274 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10275 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10277 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10278 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10280 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10282 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10283 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10285 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10286 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10287 places point before the definition.
10289 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10291 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10292 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10293 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10295 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10297 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10298 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10300 See `find-variable' for more details.
10302 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10304 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10305 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10307 See `find-variable' for more details.
10309 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10311 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10312 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10313 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10314 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10315 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10316 buffer nor display it.
10318 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10319 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10321 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10323 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10324 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10326 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10327 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10328 places point before the definition.
10330 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10332 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10333 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10334 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10336 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10338 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10339 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10340 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10342 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10344 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10345 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10347 \(fn)" t nil)
10349 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10350 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10352 \(fn)" t nil)
10354 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10355 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10357 \(fn)" nil nil)
10359 ;;;***
10361 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10362 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19279 5148))
10363 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10365 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10366 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10368 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10370 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10371 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10373 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10375 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10376 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10380 ;;;***
10382 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10383 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19368 35187))
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10386 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10387 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10389 \(fn)" t nil)
10391 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10392 Display FILE's commentary section.
10393 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10395 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10397 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10398 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10400 \(fn)" t nil)
10402 ;;;***
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10405 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19279 5148))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10408 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10409 Toggle flow control handling.
10410 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10411 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10413 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10415 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10416 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10417 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10418 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10419 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10420 to get the effect of a C-q.
10422 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10424 ;;;***
10426 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10427 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10430 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10431 Not documented
10433 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10435 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10436 Not documented
10438 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10440 ;;;***
10442 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10443 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19299 25155))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10446 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10447 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10448 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10449 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10453 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10454 Turn flymake mode on.
10456 \(fn)" nil nil)
10458 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10459 Turn flymake mode off.
10461 \(fn)" nil nil)
10463 ;;;***
10465 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10466 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10467 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19370 36541))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10470 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10471 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10473 \(fn)" t nil)
10474 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10476 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10477 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10478 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10479 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10480 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10481 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10482 otherwise turn it off.
10484 Bindings:
10485 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10486 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10487 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10488 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10490 Hooks:
10491 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10493 Remark:
10494 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10495 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10496 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10498 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10499 consider adding:
10500 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10501 in your .emacs file.
10503 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10504 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10508 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10509 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10511 \(fn)" nil nil)
10513 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10514 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10516 \(fn)" nil nil)
10518 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10519 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10521 \(fn)" nil nil)
10523 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10524 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10526 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10528 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10529 Flyspell whole buffer.
10531 \(fn)" t nil)
10533 ;;;***
10535 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10536 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10537 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
10538 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10540 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10541 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10543 \(fn)" nil nil)
10545 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10546 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10548 \(fn)" nil nil)
10550 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10551 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10553 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10554 of two major techniques:
10556 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10557 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10558 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10560 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10561 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10562 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10563 movement commands.
10565 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10566 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10567 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10568 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10569 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10570 mileage may vary).
10572 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10573 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10575 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10577 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10578 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10579 \(This is the default.)
10581 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10583 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10584 \\{follow-mode-map}
10586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10588 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10589 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10591 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10592 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10593 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10594 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10595 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10596 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10598 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10599 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10600 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10602 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10603 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10604 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10608 ;;;***
10610 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19279
10611 ;;;;;; 5150))
10612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10614 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10615 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10616 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10617 started, play around with the following keys:
10618 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10622 ;;;***
10624 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10625 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19279 5148))
10626 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10628 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10629 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10631 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10632 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10633 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10634 C-c < forms-first-record <
10635 C-c > forms-last-record >
10636 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10637 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10638 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10639 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10640 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10641 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10642 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10643 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10644 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10645 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10647 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10649 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10650 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10652 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10654 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10655 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10657 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10659 ;;;***
10661 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10662 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
10663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10665 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10666 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10667 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10669 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10670 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10672 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10674 Key definitions:
10675 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10677 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10679 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10680 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10681 `fortran-do-indent'
10682 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10683 `fortran-if-indent'
10684 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10685 `fortran-structure-indent'
10686 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10687 (default 3)
10688 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10689 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10690 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10691 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10692 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10693 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10694 nil don't change the indentation
10695 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10696 value of either
10697 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10698 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10699 depending on the continuation format in use.
10700 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10701 indentation for a line of code.
10702 (default 'fixed)
10703 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10704 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10705 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10706 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10707 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10708 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10709 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10710 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10711 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10712 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10713 column 5.
10714 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10715 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10716 statements (default nil).
10717 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10718 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10719 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10720 `fortran-continuation-string'
10721 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10722 line (default \"$\").
10723 `fortran-comment-region'
10724 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10725 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10726 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10727 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10728 as typed (default t).
10729 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10730 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10732 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10733 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10735 \(fn)" t nil)
10737 ;;;***
10739 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10740 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19279 5151))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10743 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10744 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10746 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10747 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10749 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10751 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10752 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10754 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10755 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10757 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10759 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10760 Compile fortune file.
10762 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10763 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10765 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10767 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10768 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10770 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10771 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10772 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10773 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10775 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10777 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10778 Display a fortune cookie.
10780 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10781 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10782 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10783 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10785 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10787 ;;;***
10789 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10790 ;;;;;; (19375 49830))
10791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10793 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10794 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10796 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10798 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10799 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10800 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10801 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10803 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10804 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10805 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10806 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10808 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10809 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10810 shown in some of the buffers.
10812 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10814 The following commands help control operation :
10816 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10817 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10819 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10820 detailed description of this mode.
10823 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10824 | GDB Toolbar |
10825 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10826 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10827 | | |
10828 | | |
10829 | | |
10830 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10831 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10832 | | (comint-mode) |
10833 | | |
10834 | | |
10835 | | |
10836 | | |
10837 | | |
10838 | | |
10839 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10840 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10841 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10842 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10843 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10844 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10846 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10848 ;;;***
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10851 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19279
10852 ;;;;;; 5149))
10853 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10855 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10856 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10857 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10858 instead (which see).")
10860 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10861 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10863 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10864 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10865 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10866 documentation string instead.
10868 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10869 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10870 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10871 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10872 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10873 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10874 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10875 enders are actually possible.
10877 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10878 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10880 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10881 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10882 `font-lock-keywords'.
10884 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10885 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10886 runs the macro expansion.
10888 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10889 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10890 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10892 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10894 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10896 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10897 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10899 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10901 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10902 Enter generic mode MODE.
10904 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10905 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10906 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10908 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10909 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10911 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10913 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10914 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10915 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10916 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10917 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10918 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10919 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10920 `font-lock-keywords'.
10922 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10924 ;;;***
10926 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10927 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
10928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10930 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10931 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10932 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10933 at places they belong to.
10935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10937 ;;;***
10939 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10940 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10941 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
10942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10944 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10945 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10946 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10948 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10950 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10951 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10953 Guideline for numbers:
10954 1 - error messages
10955 3 - non-serious error messages
10956 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10957 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10958 9 - messages inside loops.
10960 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10962 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10963 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10964 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10966 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10968 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10969 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10971 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10973 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10974 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10976 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10977 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10978 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10979 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10980 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10981 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10983 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10984 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10985 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10986 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10987 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10989 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10991 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
10993 ;;;***
10995 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10996 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19279 5150))
10997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10998 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
10999 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11001 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11002 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11006 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11007 Read network news.
11008 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11009 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11010 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11011 name of an NNTP server to use.
11012 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11013 server.
11015 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11017 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11018 Read news as a slave.
11020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11022 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11023 Pop up a frame to read news.
11024 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11025 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11026 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11027 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11028 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11029 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11030 current display is used.
11032 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11034 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11035 Read network news.
11036 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11037 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11038 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11040 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11042 ;;;***
11044 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11045 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11046 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11047 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11048 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11049 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19368 35187))
11050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11052 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11053 Start Gnus unplugged.
11055 \(fn)" t nil)
11057 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11058 Start Gnus plugged.
11060 \(fn)" t nil)
11062 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11063 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11067 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11068 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11070 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11071 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11072 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11074 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11075 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11076 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11078 \(fn)" t nil)
11080 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11081 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11083 \(fn)" nil nil)
11085 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11086 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11087 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11088 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11089 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11090 supported.
11092 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11094 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11095 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11096 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11097 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11098 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11099 supported.
11101 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11103 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11104 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11106 \(fn)" nil nil)
11108 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11109 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11110 downloaded into the agent.
11112 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11114 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11115 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11116 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11117 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11119 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11121 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11122 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11124 \(fn)" t nil)
11126 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11127 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11129 \(fn)" t nil)
11131 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11132 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11133 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11135 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11137 ;;;***
11139 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11140 ;;;;;; (19368 35187))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11143 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11144 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11146 \(fn)" nil nil)
11148 ;;;***
11150 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11151 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11154 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11155 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11157 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11159 ;;;***
11161 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11162 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19279 5150))
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11165 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11166 Set a bookmark for this article.
11168 \(fn)" t nil)
11170 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11171 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11173 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11175 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11176 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11177 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11178 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11179 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11181 \(fn)" t nil)
11183 ;;;***
11185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11186 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11187 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19279
11188 ;;;;;; 5150))
11189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11191 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11192 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11194 Usage:
11195 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11197 \(fn)" t nil)
11199 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11200 Generate the cache active file.
11202 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11204 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11205 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11207 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11209 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11210 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11211 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11212 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11213 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11214 supported.
11216 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11218 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11219 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11220 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11221 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11222 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11223 supported.
11225 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11227 ;;;***
11229 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11230 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19279 5150))
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11233 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11234 Delay this article by some time.
11235 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11237 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11238 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11240 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11241 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11243 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11244 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11246 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11248 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11249 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11251 \(fn)" t nil)
11253 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11254 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11255 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11256 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11258 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11259 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11261 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11263 ;;;***
11265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11266 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19279 38446))
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11269 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11270 Not documented
11272 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11274 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11275 Not documented
11277 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11279 ;;;***
11281 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11282 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11285 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11286 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11288 \(fn)" t nil)
11290 ;;;***
11292 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11293 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11296 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11297 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11299 \(fn)" t nil)
11301 ;;;***
11303 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11304 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11305 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19279
11306 ;;;;;; 5150))
11307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11309 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11310 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11312 \(fn)" t nil)
11314 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11315 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11317 \(fn)" t nil)
11319 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11320 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11322 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11323 different input formats.
11325 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11327 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11328 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11330 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11331 different input formats.
11333 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11335 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11336 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11337 The PNG is returned as a string.
11339 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11341 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11342 Convert FILE to a Face.
11343 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11344 726 bytes.
11346 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11348 ;;;***
11350 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11351 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19279 5150))
11352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11354 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11355 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11356 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11357 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11359 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11361 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11362 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11364 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11366 ;;;***
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11369 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11372 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11374 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11375 Run batched scoring.
11376 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11378 \(fn)" t nil)
11380 ;;;***
11382 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11383 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11384 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11387 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11388 Not documented
11390 \(fn)" nil nil)
11392 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11393 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11394 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11396 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11398 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11399 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11401 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11405 ;;;***
11407 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11408 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11409 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11412 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11413 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11414 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11415 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11416 group parameters.
11418 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11419 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11420 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11421 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11423 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11424 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11425 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11426 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11427 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11428 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11429 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11430 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11431 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11432 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11434 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11436 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11437 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11438 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11439 nil CATCH-ALL).
11441 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11442 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11444 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11446 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11447 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11448 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11450 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11452 \(fn)" nil nil)
11454 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11455 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11456 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11458 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11460 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11461 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11462 existing groups are considered.
11464 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11465 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11466 returned.
11468 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11469 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11470 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11471 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11472 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11473 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11474 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11475 clauses will be generated.
11477 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11478 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11479 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11480 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11481 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11482 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11484 For example, given the following group parameters:
11486 nnml:mail.bar:
11487 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11488 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11489 nnml:mail.foo:
11490 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11491 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11492 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11493 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11494 nnml:mail.others:
11495 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11497 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11499 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11500 \"mail.bar\")
11501 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11502 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11503 \"mail.others\")
11505 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11507 ;;;***
11509 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11510 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11513 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11514 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11515 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11517 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11519 ;;;***
11521 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11522 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19279 5150))
11523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11525 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11526 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11527 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11528 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11530 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11532 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11533 Mail to ADDRESS.
11535 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11537 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11538 Like `message-reply'.
11540 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11542 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11544 ;;;***
11546 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11547 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19279 5150))
11548 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11550 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11551 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11553 \(fn)" t nil)
11555 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11556 Load the NoCeM cache.
11558 \(fn)" t nil)
11560 ;;;***
11562 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11563 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11564 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11567 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11568 Display picons in the From header.
11569 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11571 \(fn)" t nil)
11573 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11574 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11575 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11577 \(fn)" t nil)
11579 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11580 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11581 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11583 \(fn)" t nil)
11585 ;;;***
11587 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11588 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11589 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11590 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11591 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19279 5150))
11592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11594 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11595 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11596 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11597 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11599 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11601 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11602 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11603 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11604 LIST1 is modified.
11606 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11608 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11609 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11610 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11612 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11614 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11615 Not documented
11617 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11619 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11620 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11621 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11623 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11625 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11626 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11627 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11629 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11631 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11633 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11634 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11635 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11637 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11639 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11640 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11641 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11643 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11645 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11646 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11647 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11649 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11651 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11652 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11654 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11656 ;;;***
11658 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11659 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19368 35187))
11660 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11662 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11663 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11665 \(fn)" t nil)
11667 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11668 Install the registry hooks.
11670 \(fn)" t nil)
11672 ;;;***
11674 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11675 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19279
11676 ;;;;;; 5150))
11677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11679 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11680 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11681 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11682 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11683 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11684 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11686 \(fn)" t nil)
11688 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11689 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11690 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11691 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11692 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11694 \(fn)" t nil)
11696 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11697 Not documented
11699 \(fn)" t nil)
11701 ;;;***
11703 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11704 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11707 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11708 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11709 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11710 for matching on group names.
11712 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11713 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11715 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11717 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11719 \(fn)" t nil)
11721 ;;;***
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11724 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11727 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11728 Update the format specification near point.
11730 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11732 ;;;***
11734 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11735 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19279
11736 ;;;;;; 5150))
11737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11739 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11740 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11742 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11744 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11745 Not documented
11747 \(fn)" nil nil)
11749 ;;;***
11751 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11752 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11755 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11756 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11758 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11760 ;;;***
11762 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19279 5151))
11763 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11765 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11766 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11768 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11769 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11770 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11772 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11773 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11774 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11776 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11777 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11779 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11780 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11782 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11784 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11786 ;;;***
11788 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11789 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19356
11790 ;;;;;; 10801))
11791 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11793 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11795 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11796 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11797 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11798 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11799 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11801 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11803 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11804 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11805 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11806 or to send e-mail.
11807 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11808 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11810 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11811 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11813 \(fn)" t nil)
11814 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11816 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11817 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11821 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11822 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11826 ;;;***
11828 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11829 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11830 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19304 5068))
11831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11833 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11834 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11836 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11838 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11839 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11840 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11841 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11842 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11844 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11845 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11846 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11848 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11850 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11851 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11852 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11853 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11854 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11856 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11858 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11859 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11861 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11863 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11864 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11866 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11867 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11868 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11870 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11871 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11872 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11874 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11875 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11876 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11877 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11879 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11880 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11881 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11882 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11883 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11885 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11887 (defvar grep-history nil)
11889 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11891 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11892 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11893 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11895 \(fn)" nil nil)
11897 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11898 Not documented
11900 \(fn)" nil nil)
11902 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11903 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11905 \(fn)" nil nil)
11907 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11908 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11909 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11910 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11911 found matches.
11913 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11914 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11916 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11917 can easily repeat a grep command.
11919 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11920 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11921 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11922 list is empty).
11924 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11926 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11927 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11928 Collect output in a buffer.
11929 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11930 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11932 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11933 easily repeat a find command.
11935 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11937 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11939 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11940 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11941 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11942 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11943 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11945 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11946 before it is executed.
11947 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11949 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11950 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11951 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11953 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11955 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11957 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11958 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11959 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11960 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11961 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11963 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11964 before it is executed.
11965 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11967 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11968 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11969 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11971 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11973 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11975 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
11976 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11977 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11978 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11980 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
11982 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
11984 ;;;***
11986 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19279 5148))
11987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11989 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
11990 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11991 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11992 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11993 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11995 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11997 ;;;***
11999 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12000 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19374 384))
12001 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12003 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12004 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12005 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12006 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12008 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12010 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12011 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12012 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12013 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12015 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12017 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12018 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12019 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12020 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12022 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12024 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12025 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12026 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12027 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12029 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12030 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12032 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12034 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12035 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12036 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12037 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12039 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12041 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12042 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12043 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12044 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12046 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12048 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12049 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12050 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12051 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12052 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12054 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12055 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12056 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12057 original source file access method.
12059 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12060 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12062 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12063 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12065 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode))
12067 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12068 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12070 \(fn)" t nil)
12072 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12073 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12074 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12075 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12076 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12077 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12079 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12081 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12082 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12086 ;;;***
12088 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19279
12089 ;;;;;; 5151))
12090 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12092 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12093 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12094 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12095 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12097 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12098 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12099 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12100 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12102 \(fn)" t nil)
12104 ;;;***
12106 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12107 ;;;;;; (19256 49601))
12108 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12110 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12111 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12113 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12115 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12116 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12117 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12118 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12120 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12122 \(fn)" t nil)
12124 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12125 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12126 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12127 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12128 to be updated.
12130 \(fn)" t nil)
12132 ;;;***
12134 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12135 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12136 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19365 25156))
12137 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12139 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12140 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12142 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12144 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12145 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12146 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12148 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12150 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12151 Verify a hashcash payment
12153 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12155 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12156 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12157 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12158 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12159 `mail-add-payment-async').
12161 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12163 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12164 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12165 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12166 Calculation is asynchronous.
12168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12170 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12171 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12172 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12176 ;;;***
12178 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12179 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12180 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12181 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19279 5148))
12182 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12184 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12185 Return the help-echo string at point.
12186 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12187 property, or nil, is returned.
12188 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12189 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12190 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12192 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12194 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12195 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12196 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12197 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12198 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12200 \(fn)" nil nil)
12202 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12203 Display local help in the echo area.
12204 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12205 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12206 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12207 printed instead.
12209 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12210 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12211 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12215 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12216 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12217 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12219 \(fn)" t nil)
12221 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12222 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12223 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12225 \(fn)" t nil)
12227 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12228 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12229 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12230 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12231 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12232 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12233 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12234 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12235 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12236 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12237 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12239 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12240 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12241 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12242 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12243 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12245 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12246 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12247 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12248 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12249 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12250 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12251 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12252 The default is `never'.")
12254 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12256 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12257 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12258 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12259 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12260 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12261 considered different regions.
12263 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12264 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12265 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12266 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12267 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12268 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12269 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12270 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12271 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12273 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12275 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12276 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12277 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12278 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12279 different regions.
12281 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12282 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12283 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12284 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12285 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12286 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12287 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12288 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12290 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12291 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12292 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12293 rarely happens in practice.
12295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12297 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12298 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12299 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12300 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12301 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12302 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12306 ;;;***
12308 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12309 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12310 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12311 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12314 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12315 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12317 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12319 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12320 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12321 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12323 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12325 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12326 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12327 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12328 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12329 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12330 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12331 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12332 search for a function definition.
12334 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12335 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12336 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12337 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12338 suitable file is found, return nil.
12340 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12342 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12343 Not documented
12345 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12347 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12348 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12349 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12350 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12352 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12354 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12355 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12356 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12357 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12358 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12359 it is displayed along with the global value.
12361 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12363 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12364 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12365 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12366 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12368 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12370 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12371 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12372 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12373 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12374 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12376 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12378 ;;;***
12380 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12381 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
12382 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12384 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12385 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12386 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12387 window listing and describing the options.
12388 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12389 gives the window that lists the options.")
12391 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12393 ;;;***
12395 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12396 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12397 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19279
12398 ;;;;;; 5148))
12399 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12401 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12402 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12403 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12404 Commands:
12405 \\{help-mode-map}
12407 \(fn)" t nil)
12409 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12410 Not documented
12412 \(fn)" nil nil)
12414 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12415 Not documented
12417 \(fn)" nil nil)
12419 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12420 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12422 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12423 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12424 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12425 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12427 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12428 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12429 restore it properly when going back.
12431 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12433 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12434 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12435 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12436 current buffer.
12437 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12438 exists, it is created.
12440 \(fn)" nil nil)
12442 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12443 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12445 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12446 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12447 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12448 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12449 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12450 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12451 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12452 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12454 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12455 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12456 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12457 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12459 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12460 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12461 that.
12463 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12465 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12466 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12467 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12468 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12469 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12470 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12472 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12474 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12475 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12476 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12477 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12478 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12480 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12482 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12483 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12485 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12487 ;;;***
12489 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12490 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19279 5149))
12491 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12493 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12494 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12496 \(fn)" t nil)
12498 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12499 Provide help for current mode.
12501 \(fn)" t nil)
12503 ;;;***
12505 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12506 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19279 38446))
12507 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12509 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12510 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12511 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12512 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12513 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12515 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12516 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12518 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12519 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12520 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12521 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12523 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12524 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12525 periods.
12527 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12528 in hexl format.
12530 A sample format:
12532 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12533 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12534 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12535 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12536 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12537 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12538 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12539 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12540 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12541 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12542 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12543 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12544 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12545 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12546 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12548 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12549 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12550 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12552 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12553 also supported.
12555 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12557 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12558 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12559 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12561 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12562 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12563 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12565 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12566 into the buffer at the current point.
12568 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12569 into the buffer at the current point.
12571 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12572 into the buffer at the current point.
12574 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12576 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12577 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12579 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12581 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12585 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12586 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12587 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12588 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12590 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12592 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12593 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12594 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12596 \(fn)" t nil)
12598 ;;;***
12600 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12601 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12602 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12603 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12606 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12607 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12609 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12610 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12611 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12612 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12613 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12614 called interactively, are:
12616 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12617 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12619 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12620 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12621 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12622 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12624 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12625 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12627 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12628 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12630 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12631 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12632 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12633 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12634 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12635 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12636 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12637 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12638 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12639 function returns t.
12641 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12642 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12644 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12645 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12646 form:
12647 Hi-lock: FOO
12648 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12649 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12650 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12651 Patterns will be read until
12652 Hi-lock: end
12653 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12657 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12658 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12659 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12661 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12662 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12664 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12666 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12667 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12668 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12669 ARG is positive.
12670 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12671 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12672 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12676 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12678 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12679 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12681 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12682 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12683 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12684 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12685 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12687 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12689 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12691 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12692 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12694 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12695 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12696 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12697 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12698 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12700 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12702 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12704 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12705 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12707 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12708 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12710 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12712 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12714 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12715 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12717 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12718 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12719 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12720 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12721 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12723 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12725 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12726 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12728 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12729 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12730 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12732 \(fn)" t nil)
12734 ;;;***
12736 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12737 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
12738 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12740 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12741 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12742 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12743 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12744 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12745 how the hiding is done:
12747 `hide-ifdef-env'
12748 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12749 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12750 is used.
12752 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12753 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12754 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12755 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12756 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12758 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12759 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12760 #endif lines when hiding.
12762 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12763 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12764 is activated.
12766 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12767 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12768 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12770 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12774 ;;;***
12776 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12777 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
12778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12780 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12781 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12782 Each element has the form
12783 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12785 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12786 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12788 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12789 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12791 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12792 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12793 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12794 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12795 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12796 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12798 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12799 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12801 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12802 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12804 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12805 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12806 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12808 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12809 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12810 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12811 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12812 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12814 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12815 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12816 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12818 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12819 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12821 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12823 Key bindings:
12824 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12828 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12829 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12831 \(fn)" nil nil)
12833 ;;;***
12835 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12836 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12837 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12838 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12839 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19279
12840 ;;;;;; 5148))
12841 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12843 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12844 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12846 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12848 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12849 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12850 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12851 on and off.
12853 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12854 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12855 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12856 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12857 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12858 through various faces.
12859 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12860 buffer with the contents of a file
12861 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12865 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12866 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12868 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12869 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12870 in a distinctive face.
12872 The default value can be customized with variable
12873 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12875 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12879 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12880 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12881 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12883 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12885 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12886 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12888 \(fn)" t nil)
12890 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12891 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12893 \(fn)" t nil)
12895 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12896 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12898 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12899 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12900 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12901 shown in the last face in the list.
12903 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12904 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12905 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12907 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12909 \(fn)" t nil)
12911 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12912 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12914 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12916 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12917 to save the file.
12919 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12920 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12922 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12923 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12924 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12926 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12928 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12929 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12931 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12932 this function is called interactively.
12934 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12935 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12936 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12938 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12939 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12940 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12942 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12944 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12945 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12946 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12947 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12948 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12949 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12951 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12953 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12954 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12955 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12956 ARG is positive.
12957 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12958 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12959 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12963 ;;;***
12965 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12966 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12967 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12968 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12969 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19279 5148))
12970 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12972 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12973 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12974 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12975 or insert functions in this list.")
12977 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12979 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12980 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12982 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
12984 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12985 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12987 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
12989 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12990 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12992 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
12994 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12995 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12997 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
12999 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13000 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13001 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13003 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13005 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13006 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13007 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13008 \(as atoms)")
13010 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13012 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13013 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13014 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13015 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13016 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13018 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13020 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13021 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13022 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13023 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13024 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13025 expansions.
13026 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13027 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13028 undoes the expansion.
13030 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13032 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13033 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13034 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13035 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13037 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13039 ;;;***
13041 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13042 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
13043 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13045 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13046 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13047 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13049 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13050 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13051 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13052 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13053 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13055 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13056 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13057 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13058 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13062 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13063 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13064 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13065 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13066 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13067 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13069 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13071 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13072 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13073 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13075 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13076 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13080 ;;;***
13082 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13083 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13084 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13085 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13086 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19279 5149))
13087 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13089 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13090 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13091 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13093 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13095 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13097 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13099 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13100 Oriental holidays.
13101 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13103 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13105 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13107 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13109 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13110 Local holidays.
13111 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13113 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13115 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13117 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13119 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13120 User defined holidays.
13121 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13123 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13125 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13127 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13129 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13130 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13132 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13134 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13135 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13137 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13139 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13140 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13142 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13144 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13145 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13147 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13149 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13150 Jewish holidays.
13151 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13153 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13155 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13157 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13159 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13160 Christian holidays.
13161 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13163 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13165 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13167 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13169 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13170 Islamic holidays.
13171 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13173 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13175 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13177 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13179 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13180 Baha'i holidays.
13181 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13183 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13185 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13187 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13189 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13190 Sun-related holidays.
13191 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13193 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13195 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13197 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13199 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13201 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13202 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13203 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13204 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13208 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13209 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13210 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13211 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13212 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13214 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13215 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13217 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13218 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13220 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13221 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13222 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13223 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13224 of a holiday list.
13226 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13228 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13230 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13232 ;;;***
13234 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19279
13235 ;;;;;; 5150))
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13238 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13239 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13241 \(fn)" t nil)
13243 ;;;***
13245 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13246 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19279
13247 ;;;;;; 5148))
13248 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13250 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13251 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13253 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13254 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13255 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13257 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13258 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13259 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13260 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13261 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13262 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13264 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13265 title of the column.
13267 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13268 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13269 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13270 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13271 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13273 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13275 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13276 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13277 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13278 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13279 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13281 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13282 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13283 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13285 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13287 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13288 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13289 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13290 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13291 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13292 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13294 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13295 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13296 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13297 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13298 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13299 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13300 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13301 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13302 values are:
13303 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13304 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13305 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13306 buffer's modification flag.
13307 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13308 prompted before performing this operation.
13309 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13310 operation is complete, in the form:
13311 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13312 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13313 confirmation message, in the form:
13314 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13315 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13316 macro for exactly what it does.
13318 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13320 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13321 Define a filter named NAME.
13322 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13323 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13324 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13326 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13327 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13328 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13329 bound to the current value of the filter.
13331 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13333 ;;;***
13335 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13336 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19279 5148))
13337 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13339 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13340 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13341 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13342 buffers which are visiting a file.
13344 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13346 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13347 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13348 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13349 buffers which are visiting a file.
13351 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13353 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13354 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13355 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13357 All arguments are optional.
13358 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13359 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13360 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13361 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13362 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13363 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13364 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13365 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13366 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13367 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13368 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13369 that value locally in this buffer.
13371 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13373 ;;;***
13375 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13376 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13377 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19338 9840))
13378 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13380 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13381 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13382 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13383 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13385 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13387 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13388 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13389 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13390 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13391 ICAL-FILENAME.
13392 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13393 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13394 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13396 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13398 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13399 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13400 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13401 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13402 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13403 non-marking or not.
13405 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13407 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13408 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13410 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13411 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13412 DIARY-FILE.
13414 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13415 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13416 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13418 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13419 non-marking.
13421 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13422 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13423 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13425 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13427 ;;;***
13429 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19279
13430 ;;;;;; 5148))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13433 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13434 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13435 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13437 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13438 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13440 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13442 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13443 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13444 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13445 otherwise turn it off.
13447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13449 ;;;***
13451 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19279 5151))
13452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13454 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13455 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13456 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13457 Tab indents for Icon code.
13458 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13459 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13460 \\{icon-mode-map}
13461 Variables controlling indentation style:
13462 icon-tab-always-indent
13463 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13464 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13465 icon-auto-newline
13466 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13467 inserted in Icon code.
13468 icon-indent-level
13469 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13470 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13471 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13472 icon-continued-statement-offset
13473 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13474 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13475 icon-continued-brace-offset
13476 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13477 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13478 icon-brace-offset
13479 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13480 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13481 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13482 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13484 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13485 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13487 \(fn)" t nil)
13489 ;;;***
13491 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13492 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
13493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13495 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13496 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13497 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13498 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13500 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13501 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13502 separate frames.
13504 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13505 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13507 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13508 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13509 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13513 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13515 ;;;***
13517 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13518 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
13519 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13521 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13522 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13524 The main features of this mode are
13526 1. Indentation and Formatting
13527 --------------------------
13528 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13529 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13531 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13532 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13533 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13534 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13536 Comments are indented as follows:
13538 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13539 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13540 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13542 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13544 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13545 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13546 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13547 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13548 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13549 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13551 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13552 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13553 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13554 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13556 2. Routine Info
13557 ------------
13558 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13559 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13560 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13561 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13562 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13563 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13564 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13565 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13566 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13567 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13569 3. Online IDL Help
13570 ---------------
13572 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13573 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13574 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13575 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13577 4. Completion
13578 ----------
13579 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13580 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13581 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13582 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13583 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13584 upper case.
13586 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13587 --------------------------------
13588 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13589 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13591 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13592 \\fu FUNCTION template
13593 \\c CASE statement template
13594 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13595 \\f FOR loop template
13596 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13597 \\w WHILE loop template
13598 \\i IF statement template
13599 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13600 \\b BEGIN
13602 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13603 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13605 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13606 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13607 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13608 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13610 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13611 -------------------------
13612 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13613 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13615 7. Automatic END completion
13616 ------------------------
13617 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13618 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13620 8. Hooks
13621 -----
13622 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13623 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13625 9. Documentation and Customization
13626 -------------------------------
13627 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13628 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13629 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13630 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13631 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13633 10.Keybindings
13634 -----------
13635 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13636 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13637 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13639 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13641 \(fn)" t nil)
13643 ;;;***
13645 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13646 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13647 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13648 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13649 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13650 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13651 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13652 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19292
13653 ;;;;;; 15231))
13654 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13656 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13657 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13658 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13659 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13660 displaying...)
13661 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13662 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13663 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13666 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13668 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13670 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13671 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13672 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13673 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13674 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13675 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13676 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13677 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13678 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13682 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13683 Switch to another buffer.
13684 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13685 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13686 in another frame.
13688 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13689 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13690 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13691 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13692 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13694 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13695 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13697 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13698 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13700 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13701 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13702 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13703 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13704 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13705 in a separate window.
13706 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13707 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13708 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13709 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13710 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13711 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13712 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13713 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13714 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13716 \(fn)" t nil)
13718 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13719 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13720 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13721 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13723 \(fn)" t nil)
13725 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13726 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13727 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13728 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13730 \(fn)" t nil)
13732 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13733 Kill a buffer.
13734 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13735 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13737 \(fn)" t nil)
13739 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13740 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13741 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13742 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13744 \(fn)" t nil)
13746 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13747 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13748 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13749 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13751 \(fn)" t nil)
13753 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13754 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13756 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13758 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13759 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13760 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13761 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13762 visible in another frame.
13764 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13765 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13766 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13767 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13768 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13769 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13771 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13772 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13774 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13775 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13777 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13778 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13779 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13780 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13781 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13782 in a separate window.
13783 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13784 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13785 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13786 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13787 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13788 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13789 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13790 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13791 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13792 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13793 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13794 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13795 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13796 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13797 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13799 \(fn)" t nil)
13801 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13802 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13803 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13804 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13806 \(fn)" t nil)
13808 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13809 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13810 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13811 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13813 \(fn)" t nil)
13815 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13816 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13817 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13818 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13820 \(fn)" t nil)
13822 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13823 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13824 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13825 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13827 \(fn)" t nil)
13829 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13830 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13831 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13832 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13834 \(fn)" t nil)
13836 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13837 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13838 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13839 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13841 \(fn)" t nil)
13843 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13844 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13845 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13846 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13848 \(fn)" t nil)
13850 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13851 Write current buffer to a file.
13852 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13853 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13855 \(fn)" t nil)
13857 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13858 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13859 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13860 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13862 \(fn)" t nil)
13864 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13865 Call `dired' the ido way.
13866 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13867 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13869 \(fn)" t nil)
13871 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13872 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13873 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13874 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13875 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13876 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13878 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13880 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13881 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13882 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13883 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13885 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13887 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13888 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13889 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13890 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13892 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13894 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13895 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13896 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13897 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13898 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13899 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13900 with `completing-read'.
13901 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13902 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13903 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13904 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13905 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13906 with point positioned at the end.
13907 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13908 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13910 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13912 ;;;***
13914 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19279 5148))
13915 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13916 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13918 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13919 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13920 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13922 \(fn)" t nil)
13924 ;;;***
13926 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13927 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
13928 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13930 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13931 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13933 \(fn)" t nil)
13935 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13936 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13940 ;;;***
13942 ;;;### (autoloads (create-animated-image defimage find-image remove-images
13943 ;;;;;; insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13944 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13945 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13946 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19356 10801))
13947 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13949 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
13950 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13951 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13952 be determined.
13954 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13956 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
13957 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13958 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13959 be determined.
13961 \(fn)" nil nil)
13963 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
13964 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13965 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13966 be determined.
13968 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13970 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
13971 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
13972 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13973 be determined.
13975 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13977 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
13978 Determine and return image type.
13979 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
13980 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13981 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13982 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
13983 use its file extension as image type.
13984 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
13986 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
13988 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
13989 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13990 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13992 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13994 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
13995 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
13996 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
13998 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
13999 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14000 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14001 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14002 must be available.
14004 \(fn)" nil nil)
14006 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14007 Create an image.
14008 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14009 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14010 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14011 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14012 use its file extension as image type.
14013 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14014 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14015 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14016 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14018 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14020 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14021 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14022 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14024 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14026 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14027 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14028 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14029 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14030 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14031 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14032 POS may be an integer or marker.
14033 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14034 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14035 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14036 means display it in the right marginal area.
14038 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14040 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14041 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14042 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14043 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14044 defaulted if you omit it.
14045 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14046 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14047 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14048 means display it in the right marginal area.
14049 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14050 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14051 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14052 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14053 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14055 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14057 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14058 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14059 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14060 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14061 defaulted if you omit it.
14062 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14063 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14064 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14065 means display it in the right marginal area.
14066 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14068 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14070 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14071 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14072 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14073 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14075 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14077 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14078 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14080 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14082 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14083 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14084 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14085 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14086 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14087 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14088 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14089 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14090 satisfied.
14092 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14094 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14096 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14098 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14099 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14101 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14102 documentation string.
14104 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14105 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14106 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14107 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14108 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14109 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14110 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14111 define SYMBOL.
14113 Example:
14115 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14116 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14118 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14120 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14121 Create an animated image.
14122 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14123 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14124 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14125 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14126 use its file extension as image type.
14127 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14128 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14129 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14130 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14132 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14134 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14136 ;;;***
14138 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14139 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14140 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14141 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14142 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14143 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14144 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14145 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19370 36540))
14146 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14148 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14149 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14151 \(fn)" t nil)
14153 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14154 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14156 Convenience command that:
14158 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14159 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14160 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14162 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14163 image files in dired and type
14164 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14166 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14168 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14169 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14171 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14173 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14174 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14175 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14176 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14177 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14178 another one).
14180 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14181 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14182 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14184 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14185 instead of erasing it first.
14187 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14188 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14189 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14190 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14191 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14192 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14194 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14196 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14197 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14198 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14199 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14200 displayed.
14202 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14204 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14206 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14208 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14209 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14211 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14213 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14214 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14215 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14217 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14219 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14220 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14222 \(fn)" t nil)
14224 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14225 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14226 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14227 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14229 \(fn)" t nil)
14231 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14232 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14234 \(fn)" t nil)
14236 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14237 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14239 \(fn)" t nil)
14241 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14242 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14244 \(fn)" t nil)
14246 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14247 Display current image file.
14248 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14249 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14253 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14254 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14256 \(fn)" t nil)
14258 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14259 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14260 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14261 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14262 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14263 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14264 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14266 \(fn)" t nil)
14268 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14269 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14270 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14271 easy-to-use form.
14273 \(fn)" t nil)
14275 ;;;***
14277 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14278 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14279 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19279 5148))
14280 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14282 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14283 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14284 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14285 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14287 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14288 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14289 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14290 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14292 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14294 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14295 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14296 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14297 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14299 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14300 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14301 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14302 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14304 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14306 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14307 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14309 \(fn)" nil nil)
14311 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14312 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14313 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14314 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14316 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14318 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14319 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14320 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14323 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14325 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14327 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14328 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14329 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14330 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14332 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14333 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14334 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14338 ;;;***
14340 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14341 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19356 10801))
14342 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14343 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14344 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14345 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14346 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14347 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14348 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14349 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14350 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14351 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14353 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14354 Major mode for image files.
14355 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14356 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14358 \(fn)" t nil)
14360 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14361 Toggle Image minor mode.
14362 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14363 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14364 to display an image file as the actual image.
14366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14368 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14369 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14370 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14371 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14372 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14373 to display an image file as the actual image.
14375 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14376 to display an image file as text inititally.
14378 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14379 on these modes.
14381 \(fn)" t nil)
14383 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14384 Not documented
14386 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14388 ;;;***
14390 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14391 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19279 5148))
14392 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14394 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14395 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14397 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14399 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14400 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14401 in the buffer.
14403 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14405 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14406 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14407 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14409 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14411 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14412 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14414 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14415 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14416 pattern's structure.
14418 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14419 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14420 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14421 during matching.")
14422 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14424 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14426 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14427 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14429 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14430 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14431 called within a `save-excursion'.
14433 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14435 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14437 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14438 Function for finding the next index position.
14440 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14441 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14442 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14443 file.
14445 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14446 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14448 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14450 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14451 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14453 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14454 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14455 It should return the name for that index item.")
14457 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14459 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14460 Function to compare string with index item.
14462 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14463 non-nil if they match.
14465 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14466 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14467 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14468 arguments match\".")
14470 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14472 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14473 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14474 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14476 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14477 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14479 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14481 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14483 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14484 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14485 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14486 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14488 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14490 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14491 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14493 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14495 \(fn)" t nil)
14497 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14498 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14499 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14500 for more information.
14502 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14504 ;;;***
14506 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14507 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14508 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19279 5150))
14509 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14511 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14512 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14516 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14517 Not documented
14519 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14521 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14522 Not documented
14524 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14526 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14527 Not documented
14529 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14531 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14532 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14534 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14536 ;;;***
14538 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14539 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14540 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19279 5151))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14543 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14544 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14545 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14546 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14547 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14549 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14551 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14552 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14554 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14556 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14557 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14558 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14559 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14560 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14561 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14562 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14563 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14565 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14567 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14568 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14569 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14570 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14571 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14573 This variable is only used if the variable
14574 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14576 More precise choices:
14577 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14578 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14579 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14581 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14583 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14585 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14586 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14588 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14589 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14590 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14591 to that buffer.
14592 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14593 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14594 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14595 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14597 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14598 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14600 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14602 ;;;***
14604 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14605 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14606 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14607 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14608 ;;;;;; (19368 35187))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14611 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14612 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14614 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14615 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14616 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14618 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14619 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14620 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14621 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14622 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14623 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14624 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14625 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14626 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14627 with the top-level Info directory.
14629 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14630 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14631 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14632 appended to the Info buffer name.
14634 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14635 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14636 in all the directories in that path.
14638 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14640 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14642 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14643 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14645 \(fn)" t nil)
14647 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14648 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14649 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14650 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14652 \(fn)" nil nil)
14654 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14655 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14656 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14657 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14659 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14661 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14662 Go to the Info directory node.
14664 \(fn)" t nil)
14666 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14667 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14668 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14669 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14670 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14671 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14673 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14675 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14676 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14677 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14679 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14681 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14682 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14683 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14684 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14685 with a list packages that contain all specified keywords.
14687 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
14689 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14690 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14691 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14692 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14693 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14695 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14696 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14698 Selecting other nodes:
14699 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14700 Follow a node reference you click on.
14701 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14702 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14703 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14704 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14705 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14706 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14707 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14708 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14709 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14710 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14711 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14712 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14713 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14714 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14715 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14716 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14717 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14718 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14719 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14720 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14722 Moving within a node:
14723 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14724 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14725 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14726 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14727 move up to the parent node.
14728 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14729 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14730 if there is none.
14731 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14733 Advanced commands:
14734 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14735 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14736 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14737 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14738 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14739 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14740 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14741 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14742 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14743 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14744 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14745 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14746 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14747 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14748 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14749 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14751 \(fn)" nil nil)
14752 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14754 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14755 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14756 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14757 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14758 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14759 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14761 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14762 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14764 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14765 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14766 KEY is a string.
14767 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14768 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14769 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14770 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14772 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14774 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14775 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14776 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14778 \(fn)" t nil)
14780 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14781 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14782 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14784 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14786 ;;;***
14788 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14789 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14790 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
14791 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14793 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14794 Throw away all cached data.
14795 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14796 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14797 system.
14799 \(fn)" t nil)
14800 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14802 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14803 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14804 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14805 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14806 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14807 one found at point.
14809 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14811 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14812 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14814 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14815 Display the documentation of a file.
14816 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14817 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14818 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14819 The default file name is the one found at point.
14821 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14823 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14825 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14826 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14828 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14830 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14831 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14833 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14835 ;;;***
14837 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14838 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19279 5148))
14839 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14841 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14842 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14844 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14846 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14847 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14848 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14850 \(fn)" t nil)
14852 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14853 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14854 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14856 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14857 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14858 quite a while.
14860 \(fn)" t nil)
14862 ;;;***
14864 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14865 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19279 5148))
14866 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14868 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14869 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14871 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14873 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14874 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14876 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14878 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14879 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14880 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14881 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14883 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14884 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14885 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14887 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14888 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14889 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14890 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14892 \(fn)" t nil)
14894 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14895 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14896 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14898 \(fn)" t nil)
14900 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14901 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14902 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14903 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14904 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14906 \(fn)" nil nil)
14908 ;;;***
14910 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14911 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14912 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
14913 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14915 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14916 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14918 \(fn)" t nil)
14920 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14921 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14923 \(fn)" t nil)
14925 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14926 Not documented
14928 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14930 ;;;***
14932 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19279
14933 ;;;;;; 5148))
14934 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14936 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14937 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14938 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14939 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14940 accessed via isearchb.
14942 \(fn)" t nil)
14944 ;;;***
14946 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14947 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14948 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14949 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19279 5150))
14950 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14952 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14953 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14954 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14955 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14956 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14958 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14960 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
14961 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14962 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14963 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14964 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14966 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14968 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
14969 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14970 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14971 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14976 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14977 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14978 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14979 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14980 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14982 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14984 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14985 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14986 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14987 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14988 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14990 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14992 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
14993 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14994 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14995 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
14996 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14998 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15000 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15001 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15002 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15003 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15004 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15006 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15008 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15009 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15010 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15011 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15013 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15015 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15016 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15017 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15018 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15020 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15022 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15023 Warn that format is read-only.
15025 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15027 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15028 Warn that format is write-only.
15030 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15032 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15033 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15035 \(fn)" t nil)
15037 ;;;***
15039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15040 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
15041 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15042 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15043 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15044 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15046 ;;;***
15048 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15049 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15050 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15051 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15052 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19313 15415))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15054 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15056 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15057 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15058 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15059 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15060 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15062 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15063 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15065 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15066 Key map for ispell menu.")
15068 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15069 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15070 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15071 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15073 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15075 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15077 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15079 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15081 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15082 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15083 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15084 Valid forms include:
15085 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15086 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15087 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15088 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15090 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15091 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15092 First list is used raw.
15093 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15095 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15096 for skipping in latex mode.")
15098 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15099 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15100 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15101 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15102 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15103 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15104 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15106 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15107 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15108 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15109 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15111 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15112 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15113 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15114 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15115 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15117 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15118 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15120 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15121 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15123 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15124 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15126 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15127 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15129 Return values:
15130 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15131 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15132 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15133 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15134 quit spell session exited.
15136 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15138 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15139 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15140 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15142 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15144 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15145 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15147 Selections are:
15149 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15150 SPC: Accept word this time.
15151 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15152 `a': Accept word for this session.
15153 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15154 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15155 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15156 `?': Show these commands.
15157 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15158 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15159 the aborted check to be completed later.
15160 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15161 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15162 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15163 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15164 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15165 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15166 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15168 \(fn)" nil nil)
15170 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15171 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15172 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15174 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15176 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15177 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15178 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15179 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15181 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15183 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15185 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15186 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15187 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15188 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15190 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15192 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15193 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15195 \(fn)" t nil)
15197 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15198 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15200 \(fn)" t nil)
15202 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15203 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15205 \(fn)" t nil)
15207 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15208 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15209 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15210 sequence inside of a word.
15212 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15214 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15216 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15217 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15219 \(fn)" t nil)
15221 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15222 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15223 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15224 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15226 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15227 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15228 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15229 available on the net.
15231 \(fn)" t nil)
15233 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15234 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15235 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15236 otherwise turn it off.
15238 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15239 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15241 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15242 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15246 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15247 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15248 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15249 Don't check included messages.
15251 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15252 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15253 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15255 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15256 in your .emacs file:
15257 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15258 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15259 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15260 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15262 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15263 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15264 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15266 \(fn)" t nil)
15268 ;;;***
15270 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19321
15271 ;;;;;; 4517))
15272 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15274 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15275 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15276 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15278 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15279 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15281 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15283 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15284 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15285 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15286 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15287 `iswitchb' for details.
15289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15291 ;;;***
15293 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15294 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15295 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15296 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19279 5150))
15297 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15299 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15300 Not documented
15302 \(fn)" nil nil)
15304 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15305 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15306 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15307 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15308 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15309 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15310 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15311 necessary to represent OBJ.
15313 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15315 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15316 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15317 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15318 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15320 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15322 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15323 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15324 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15325 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15326 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15328 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15330 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15331 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15332 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15333 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15335 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15337 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15338 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15339 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15340 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15342 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15344 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15345 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15347 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15349 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15350 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15351 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15352 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15353 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15355 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15357 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15358 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15359 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15360 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15361 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15363 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15365 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15366 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15367 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15369 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15371 ;;;***
15373 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15374 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19292 15231))
15375 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15377 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15378 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15379 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15380 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15382 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15383 Not documented
15385 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15387 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15388 Uninstall jka-compr.
15389 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15390 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15391 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15393 \(fn)" nil nil)
15395 ;;;***
15397 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19279 5151))
15398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15400 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15401 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15403 Key bindings:
15405 \\{js-mode-map}
15407 \(fn)" t nil)
15409 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15411 ;;;***
15413 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15414 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15415 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
15416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15418 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15419 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15420 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15421 decimal key must be specified.")
15423 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15425 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15426 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15427 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15428 decimal key must be specified.")
15430 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15432 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15433 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15434 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15435 decimal key must be specified.")
15437 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15439 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15440 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15441 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15442 decimal key must be specified.")
15444 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15446 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15447 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15448 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15449 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15450 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15451 keys are bound.
15453 Setup Binding
15454 -------------------------------------------------------------
15455 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15456 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15457 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15458 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15459 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15460 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15461 in the global and local keymaps.
15463 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15464 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15466 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15468 ;;;***
15470 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15471 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
15472 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15474 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15475 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15476 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15478 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15479 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15480 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15481 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15482 shorter.
15484 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15485 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15486 the context of text formatting.
15488 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15490 ;;;***
15492 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19279
15493 ;;;;;; 5150))
15494 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15496 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15497 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15498 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15499 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15500 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15501 positions that contains the current selection.")
15503 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15504 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15505 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15506 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15507 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15508 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15509 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15511 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15513 ;;;***
15515 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15516 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15517 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15518 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19279 5148))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15520 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15521 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15522 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15523 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15524 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15525 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15526 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15528 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15529 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15531 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15533 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15534 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15535 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15536 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15537 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15539 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15541 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15542 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15543 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15545 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15546 defining the macro.
15548 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15549 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15550 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15552 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15553 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15557 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15558 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15559 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15560 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15561 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15562 under that name.
15564 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15565 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15566 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15568 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15570 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15571 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15572 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15574 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15575 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15576 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15577 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15579 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15580 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15582 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15584 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15585 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15586 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15588 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15589 macro.
15591 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15592 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15594 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15595 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15596 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15598 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15599 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15601 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15603 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15604 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15605 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15606 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15608 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15610 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15611 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15612 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15613 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15615 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15616 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15618 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15620 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15621 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15622 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15624 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15626 ;;;***
15628 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15629 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19279 5150))
15630 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15632 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15633 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15634 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15636 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15637 Not documented
15639 \(fn)" nil nil)
15641 ;;;***
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15644 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15647 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15649 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15650 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15652 \(fn)" t nil)
15654 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15656 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15657 Start or resume an Lm game.
15658 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15659 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15661 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15662 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15663 none / 1 | yes | no
15664 2 | yes | yes
15665 3 | no | yes
15666 4 | no | no
15668 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15669 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15670 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15672 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15674 ;;;***
15676 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15677 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15678 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19279 5150))
15679 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15681 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15682 Not documented
15684 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15686 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15687 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15688 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15689 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15690 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15691 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15693 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15694 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15696 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15698 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15699 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15701 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15703 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15704 Not documented
15706 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15708 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15709 Not documented
15711 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15713 ;;;***
15715 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15716 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15717 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19279 5150))
15718 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15720 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15721 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15722 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15723 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15725 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15727 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15728 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15729 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15731 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15733 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15734 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15735 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15737 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15739 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15740 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15741 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15742 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15744 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15746 ;;;***
15748 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15749 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19279 5150))
15750 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15752 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15753 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15754 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15755 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15756 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15757 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15758 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15759 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15761 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15762 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15765 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15767 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15769 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15770 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15771 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15772 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15773 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15774 `latin1-display-setup'.
15776 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15778 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15779 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15780 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15781 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15784 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15786 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15788 ;;;***
15790 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15791 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
15792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15794 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15796 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15798 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15800 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15801 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15803 \(fn)" t nil)
15805 ;;;***
15807 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15808 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
15809 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15811 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15812 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15814 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15815 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15817 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15818 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15820 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15821 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15822 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15823 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15824 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15825 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15826 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15827 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15828 and transmit saved text.
15830 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15831 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15832 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15834 \(fn)" t nil)
15836 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15837 Not documented
15839 \(fn)" nil nil)
15841 ;;;***
15843 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19279 5151))
15844 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15846 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15847 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15848 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15849 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15850 generations (this defaults to 1).
15852 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15854 ;;;***
15856 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15857 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19279 5148))
15858 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15860 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15861 Format used to display line numbers.
15862 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15863 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15864 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15865 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15867 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15869 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15870 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15874 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15875 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15876 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15879 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15881 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15883 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15884 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15885 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15886 ARG is positive.
15887 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15888 `linum-on' would do it.
15889 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15893 ;;;***
15895 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19279
15896 ;;;;;; 5148))
15897 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15899 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15900 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15901 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15902 is nil, raise an error.
15904 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15905 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15906 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15907 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15908 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15909 defined by the library.
15911 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15912 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15913 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15914 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15915 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15916 proceeds.
15918 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15919 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15920 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15921 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15923 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15925 ;;;***
15927 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15928 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19279 5148))
15929 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15931 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15932 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15933 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15935 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15937 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15938 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15939 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15940 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15942 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15943 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15944 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15945 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15946 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15947 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15948 the version.)
15950 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15951 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15953 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15954 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15956 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15958 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15960 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15961 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15962 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15963 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15964 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15965 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15966 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15967 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15968 to constrain a big search.
15970 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15972 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15973 except that FILTER is not optional.
15975 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15977 ;;;***
15979 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19370 36540))
15980 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15982 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15983 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15984 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
15985 if MODE is nil.
15986 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15987 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15988 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15989 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15990 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15992 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15993 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15994 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
15995 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
15996 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
15998 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15999 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16000 uses the current buffer.
16002 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16004 ;;;***
16006 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19358
16007 ;;;;;; 54001))
16008 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16010 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16011 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16013 \(fn)" t nil)
16015 ;;;***
16017 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19279
16018 ;;;;;; 5148))
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16021 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16022 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16023 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16024 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16025 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16027 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16028 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16029 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16031 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16032 are indicated with a symbol.
16034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16036 ;;;***
16038 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16039 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19279
16040 ;;;;;; 5148))
16041 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16043 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16045 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16047 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16048 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16049 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16051 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16052 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16054 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16055 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16056 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16057 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16058 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16059 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16060 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16062 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16064 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16065 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16066 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16067 switch on this list.
16068 See `lpr-command'.")
16070 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16072 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16073 Name of program for printing a file.
16075 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16076 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16077 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16078 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16079 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16080 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16081 argument.")
16083 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16085 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16086 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16087 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16088 for customization of the printer command.
16090 \(fn)" t nil)
16092 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16093 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16095 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16096 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16097 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16098 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16100 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16101 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16103 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16104 for further customization of the printer command.
16106 \(fn)" t nil)
16108 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16109 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16110 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16111 for customization of the printer command.
16113 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16115 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16116 Paginate and print the region contents.
16118 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16119 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16120 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16121 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16123 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16124 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16126 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16127 for further customization of the printer command.
16129 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16131 ;;;***
16133 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16134 ;;;;;; (19321 4517))
16135 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16137 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16138 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16139 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16141 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16143 ;;;***
16145 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19279
16146 ;;;;;; 5149))
16147 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16149 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16150 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16151 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16152 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16156 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16158 ;;;***
16160 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19279
16161 ;;;;;; 5151))
16162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16164 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16165 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16166 \\{m4-mode-map}
16168 \(fn)" t nil)
16170 ;;;***
16172 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16173 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
16174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16176 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16177 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16178 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16179 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16180 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16182 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16184 ;;;***
16186 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16187 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19345 41626))
16188 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16190 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16191 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16192 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16193 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16194 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16196 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16198 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16199 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16200 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16201 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16203 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16204 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16205 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16206 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16207 bindings.
16209 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16210 use this command, and then save the file.
16212 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16214 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16215 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16216 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16217 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16218 each time the macro executes.
16219 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16220 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16221 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16222 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16223 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16224 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16225 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16227 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16229 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16230 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16231 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16232 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16234 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16235 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16236 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16237 execute.
16239 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16240 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16242 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16243 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16244 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16245 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16246 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16248 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16249 looked like this:
16251 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16252 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16253 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16255 You could enter the names in this format:
16261 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16263 \\C-x (
16264 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16265 \\C-x )
16267 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16268 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16270 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16271 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16273 ;;;***
16275 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16276 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19279 5150))
16277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16279 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16280 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16281 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16282 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16283 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16284 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16286 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16287 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16288 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16289 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16290 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16292 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16293 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16294 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16295 consing a string.)
16297 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16299 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16300 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16302 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16304 ;;;***
16306 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16307 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16308 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
16309 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16311 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16312 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16314 \(fn)" nil nil)
16316 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16317 Not documented
16319 \(fn)" nil nil)
16321 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16322 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16324 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16326 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16327 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16328 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16329 message.
16331 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16333 \(fn)" nil nil)
16335 ;;;***
16337 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16338 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16339 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16340 ;;;;;; (19313 15414))
16341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16343 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16344 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16345 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16346 often correct parser.")
16348 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16350 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16351 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16353 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16355 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16356 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16357 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16358 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16360 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16362 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16363 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16364 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16365 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16367 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16369 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16370 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16371 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16372 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16374 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16376 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16377 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16378 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16379 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16380 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16381 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16382 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16383 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16384 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16385 as Rmail does.
16387 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16389 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16390 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16391 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16392 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16393 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16394 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16395 matches may be returned from the message body.
16397 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16399 ;;;***
16401 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16402 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19279
16403 ;;;;;; 5150))
16404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16406 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16407 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16408 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16411 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16413 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16415 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16416 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16420 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16421 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16423 \(fn)" nil nil)
16425 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16426 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16427 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16429 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16431 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16432 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16433 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16435 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16436 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16437 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16438 double-quotes.
16440 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16442 ;;;***
16444 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16445 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19279
16446 ;;;;;; 5150))
16447 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16449 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16450 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16451 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16452 king@grassland.com
16453 If `parens', they look like:
16454 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16455 If `angles', they look like:
16456 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16458 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16460 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16461 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16462 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16463 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16464 their `Resent-' variants.
16466 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16467 removed from alias expansions.
16469 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16471 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16472 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16473 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16475 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16476 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16477 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16478 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16480 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16482 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16483 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16484 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16485 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16487 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16489 ;;;***
16491 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16492 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
16493 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16495 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16496 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16497 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16498 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16500 \(fn)" nil nil)
16502 ;;;***
16504 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16505 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16506 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19372 27330))
16507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16509 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16510 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16512 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16513 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16514 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16515 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16516 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16517 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16519 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16520 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16521 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16522 dependency, despite the colon.
16524 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16526 In the browser, use the following keys:
16528 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16530 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16532 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16533 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16535 `makefile-target-colon':
16536 The string that gets appended to all target names
16537 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16538 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16540 `makefile-macro-assign':
16541 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16542 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16543 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16544 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16545 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16546 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16548 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16549 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16550 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16552 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16553 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16555 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16556 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16557 up or down in the browser.
16559 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16560 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16562 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16563 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16565 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16566 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16567 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16568 has been selected in the browser.
16570 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16571 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16572 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16573 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16574 filenames are omitted.
16576 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16577 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16578 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16579 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16580 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16581 the backslash itself intact.
16582 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16583 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16585 `makefile-browser-hook':
16586 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16587 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16589 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16590 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16591 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16592 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16594 \(fn)" t nil)
16596 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16597 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16599 \(fn)" t nil)
16601 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16602 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16604 \(fn)" t nil)
16606 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16607 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16609 \(fn)" t nil)
16611 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16612 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16614 \(fn)" t nil)
16616 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16617 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16619 \(fn)" t nil)
16621 ;;;***
16623 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19279
16624 ;;;;;; 5148))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16627 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16628 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16629 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16631 \(fn)" t nil)
16633 ;;;***
16635 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19345 41626))
16636 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16638 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16640 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16641 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16642 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16643 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16644 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16645 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16646 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16647 page, it will display immediately.
16649 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16650 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16651 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16653 cat(1)
16654 1 cat
16656 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16657 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16658 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16659 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16661 -a chmod
16663 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16664 otherwise look like a page name.
16666 /my/file/name.1.gz
16667 -l somefile.1
16669 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16670 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16671 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16673 -k pattern
16675 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16677 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16678 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16680 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16682 ;;;***
16684 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19279 5148))
16685 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16687 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16688 Toggle Master mode.
16689 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16690 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16691 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16693 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16694 following commands:
16696 \\{master-mode-map}
16698 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16699 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16700 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16704 ;;;***
16706 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16707 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16710 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16711 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16712 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16714 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16715 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16717 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16719 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16720 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16721 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16722 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16723 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16725 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16726 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16730 ;;;***
16732 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16733 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16734 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16735 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16736 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16737 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16738 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19370 36541))
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16741 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16743 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16744 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16745 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16746 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16747 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16748 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16749 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16750 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16751 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16752 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16753 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16754 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16755 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16756 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16757 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16758 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16759 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16760 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16761 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16762 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16763 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16764 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16765 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16766 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16767 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16768 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16769 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16770 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16771 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16772 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16773 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16774 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16775 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16776 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16777 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16778 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16779 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16780 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16782 \(fn)" t nil)
16784 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16785 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16786 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16787 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16788 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16790 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16792 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16793 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16795 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16797 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16798 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16800 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16802 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16803 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16805 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16807 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16808 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16809 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16811 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16813 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16814 Cancel an article you posted.
16815 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16819 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16820 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16821 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16822 header line with the old Message-ID.
16824 \(fn)" t nil)
16826 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16827 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16829 \(fn)" t nil)
16831 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16832 Forward the current message via mail.
16833 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16834 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16836 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16838 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16839 Not documented
16841 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16843 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16844 Not documented
16846 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16848 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16849 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16851 \(fn)" t nil)
16853 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16854 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16856 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16858 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16859 Re-mail the current message.
16860 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16861 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16862 you.
16864 \(fn)" t nil)
16866 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16867 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16869 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16871 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16872 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16874 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16876 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16877 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16879 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16881 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16882 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16884 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16886 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16887 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16888 Works by overstriking characters.
16889 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16890 which specify the range to operate on.
16892 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16894 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16895 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16896 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16897 which specify the range to operate on.
16899 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16901 ;;;***
16903 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16904 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
16905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16907 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16908 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16909 Special commands:
16910 \\{meta-mode-map}
16912 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16913 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16915 \(fn)" t nil)
16917 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16918 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16919 Special commands:
16920 \\{meta-mode-map}
16922 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16923 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16925 \(fn)" t nil)
16927 ;;;***
16929 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16930 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16931 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
16932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16934 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16935 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16936 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16938 \(fn)" t nil)
16940 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16941 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16942 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16943 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16944 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16945 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16946 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16948 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16950 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16951 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16952 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16953 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16954 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16955 means current).
16956 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16957 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16959 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16961 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16962 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16963 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16964 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16965 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16966 means current).
16967 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16968 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16970 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16972 ;;;***
16974 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16975 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16976 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19279 5150))
16977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16979 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16980 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16981 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16983 \(fn)" t nil)
16985 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16986 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16987 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16989 \(fn)" t nil)
16991 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16992 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16994 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
16995 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
16996 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
16998 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
16999 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17001 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17002 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17004 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17006 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17008 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17009 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17010 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17011 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17012 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17013 as `compose-mail'.
17015 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17016 initial Subject field, respectively.
17018 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17019 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17020 are strings.
17022 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17023 ignored.
17025 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17027 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17028 Save draft and send message.
17030 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17031 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17032 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17033 Mail Delivery*\".
17035 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17036 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17037 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17039 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17040 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17041 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17042 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17043 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17044 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17046 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17047 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17049 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17050 message and scan line.
17052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17054 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17055 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17057 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17058 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17059 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17060 delete the draft message.
17062 \(fn)" t nil)
17064 ;;;***
17066 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19279 5150))
17067 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17069 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17071 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17073 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17075 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17076 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17078 \(fn)" t nil)
17080 ;;;***
17082 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17083 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19279 5150))
17084 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17086 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17087 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17088 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17090 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17091 the MH mail system.
17093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17095 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17096 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17097 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17099 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17100 the MH mail system.
17102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17104 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17105 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17107 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17108 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17109 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17110 separate command.
17112 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17113 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17114 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17115 format.
17117 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17119 Ranges
17120 ======
17121 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17122 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17123 can be used in several ways.
17125 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17126 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17127 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17128 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17129 page):
17131 <num1>-<num2>
17132 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17133 The range must be nonempty.
17135 <num>:N
17136 <num>:+N
17137 <num>:-N
17138 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17139 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17140 last.
17142 first:N
17143 prev:N
17144 next:N
17145 last:N
17146 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17149 All of the messages.
17151 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17152 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17154 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17155 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17156 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17158 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17160 \(fn)" t nil)
17162 ;;;***
17164 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17165 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19369 15960))
17166 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17168 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17169 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17170 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17171 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17172 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17173 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17174 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17175 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17176 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17177 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17178 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17180 \(fn)" t nil)
17182 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17183 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17184 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17185 to its second argument TM.
17187 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17189 ;;;***
17191 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17192 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19279 5148))
17193 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17195 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17196 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17197 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17199 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17200 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17202 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17204 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17205 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17206 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17207 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17208 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17209 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17210 default indication.
17212 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17213 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17217 ;;;***
17219 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19279 5148))
17220 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17222 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17223 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17224 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17225 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17226 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17227 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17228 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17229 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17230 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17232 \(fn)" t nil)
17234 ;;;***
17236 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17237 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17238 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19279 5148))
17239 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17240 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17242 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17243 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17245 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17246 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17247 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17248 next occurrence.
17250 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17251 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17252 end of the search space).
17254 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17255 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17256 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17257 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17258 should return the previous buffer to search.
17260 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17261 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17262 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17264 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17265 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17266 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17267 Isearch starts.")
17269 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17270 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17271 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17273 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17274 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17275 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17277 \(fn)" nil nil)
17279 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17280 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17281 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17282 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17283 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17284 whose names match the specified regexp.
17286 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17288 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17289 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17290 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17291 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17292 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17293 whose names match the specified regexp.
17295 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17297 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17298 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17299 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17300 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17301 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17302 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17303 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17305 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17307 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17308 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17309 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17310 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17311 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17312 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17313 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17315 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17317 ;;;***
17319 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17320 ;;;;;; (19358 54001))
17321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17323 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17324 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17325 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17327 \(fn)" t nil)
17329 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17331 ;;;***
17333 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17334 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19279 5150))
17335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17337 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17338 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17340 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17342 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17343 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17344 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17345 the entire message.
17346 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17348 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17350 ;;;***
17352 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17353 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
17354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17356 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17357 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17358 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17359 the entire message.
17360 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17362 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17364 ;;;***
17366 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17367 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19279 5150))
17368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17370 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17371 Insert file contents of URL.
17372 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17374 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17376 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17377 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17379 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17381 ;;;***
17383 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17384 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19279 5150))
17385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17387 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17388 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17389 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17390 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17391 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17393 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17395 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17396 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17397 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17399 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17401 ;;;***
17403 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17404 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17407 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17408 Not documented
17410 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17412 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17413 Not documented
17415 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17417 ;;;***
17419 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17420 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17421 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19365 25156))
17422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17424 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17425 Not documented
17427 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17429 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17430 Not documented
17432 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17434 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17435 Not documented
17437 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17439 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17440 Not documented
17442 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17444 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17445 Not documented
17447 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17449 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17450 Not documented
17452 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17454 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17455 Not documented
17457 \(fn)" nil nil)
17459 ;;;***
17461 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17462 ;;;;;; (19256 49603))
17463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17465 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17466 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17467 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17468 followed by the first character of the construct.
17469 \\<m2-mode-map>
17470 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17471 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17472 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17473 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17474 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17475 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17476 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17477 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17478 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17479 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17480 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17481 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17482 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17483 \\[m2-link] link
17485 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17486 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17487 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17489 \(fn)" t nil)
17491 ;;;***
17493 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17494 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
17495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17497 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17498 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17500 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17502 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17503 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17505 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17507 ;;;***
17509 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17510 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19279 5148))
17511 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17513 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17514 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17516 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17517 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17518 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17520 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17521 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17522 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17524 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17525 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17527 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17528 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17529 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17530 hemisphere you're in.)
17532 To test this function, evaluate:
17533 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17535 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17537 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17538 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17540 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17541 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17543 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17544 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17545 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17547 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17548 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17550 To test this function, evaluate:
17551 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17553 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17555 ;;;***
17557 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19279
17558 ;;;;;; 5148))
17559 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17561 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17562 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17563 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17564 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17565 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17566 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17568 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17570 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17571 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17572 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17573 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17575 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17577 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17579 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17581 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17582 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17583 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17584 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17585 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17586 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17588 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17589 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17590 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17591 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17592 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17594 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17595 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17597 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17598 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17600 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17602 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17603 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17604 primary selection and region.
17606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17608 ;;;***
17610 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19372 27330))
17611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17613 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17614 Main entry point for MPC.
17616 \(fn)" t nil)
17618 ;;;***
17620 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19279 5151))
17621 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17623 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17624 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17626 \(fn)" t nil)
17628 ;;;***
17630 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19279 5148))
17631 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17633 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17634 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17635 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17637 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17638 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17640 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17642 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17643 Toggle Msb mode.
17644 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17645 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17646 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17650 ;;;***
17652 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17653 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17654 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17655 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17656 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17657 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
17658 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17660 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17661 Display a list of all character sets.
17663 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17664 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17665 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17666 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17667 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17669 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17670 but still shows the full information.
17672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17674 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17675 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17676 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17678 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17679 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17680 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17681 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17682 meanings of these arguments.
17684 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17686 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17687 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17689 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17691 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17692 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17694 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17696 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17697 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17699 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17701 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17702 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17704 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17705 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17706 in place of `..':
17707 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17708 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17709 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17710 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17711 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17712 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17713 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17714 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17715 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17716 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17717 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17718 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17719 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17720 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17721 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17722 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17724 \(fn)" t nil)
17726 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17727 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17729 \(fn)" t nil)
17731 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17732 Display a list of all coding systems.
17733 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17735 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17736 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17740 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17741 Display a list of all coding categories.
17743 \(fn)" nil nil)
17745 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17746 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17747 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17749 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17751 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17752 Display information about FONTSET.
17753 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17755 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17757 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17758 Display a list of all fontsets.
17759 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17760 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17761 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17763 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17765 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17766 Display information about all input methods.
17768 \(fn)" t nil)
17770 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17771 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17773 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17774 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17775 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17776 system which uses fontsets).
17778 \(fn)" t nil)
17780 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17781 Show log of font listing and opening.
17782 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17783 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17785 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17787 ;;;***
17789 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17790 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17791 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17792 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17793 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17794 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19313 15414))
17795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17797 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17798 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17799 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17801 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17803 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17805 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17806 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17808 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17809 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17811 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17812 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17814 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17816 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17817 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17818 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17819 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17820 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17821 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17822 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17824 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17825 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17826 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17827 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17828 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17829 middle of a character in STR.
17831 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17832 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17834 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17835 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17836 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17837 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17838 defaults to \"...\".
17840 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17842 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17843 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17845 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17846 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17847 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17849 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17850 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17851 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17853 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17854 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17855 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17856 are considered.
17857 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17858 longer than KEYSEQ.
17859 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17861 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17863 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17864 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17865 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17866 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17867 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17868 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17869 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17870 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17871 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17872 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17873 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17875 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17877 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17878 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17880 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17882 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17883 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17885 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17887 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17888 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17890 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17892 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17893 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17895 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17897 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17898 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17899 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17900 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17901 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17903 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17904 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17906 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17907 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17908 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17909 coding systems ordered by priority.
17911 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17913 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17914 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17915 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17916 language environment LANG-ENV.
17918 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17920 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17921 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17922 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17923 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17924 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17925 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17927 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17929 ;;;***
17931 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17932 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17933 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17934 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19279
17935 ;;;;;; 5151))
17936 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17938 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17939 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17941 \(fn)" t nil)
17943 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17944 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17946 \(fn)" t nil)
17948 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17949 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17951 \(fn)" t nil)
17953 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17954 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17956 \(fn)" t nil)
17958 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17959 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17961 \(fn)" t nil)
17963 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17964 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17966 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17968 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17969 Ping HOST.
17970 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17971 `ping-program-options'.
17973 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17975 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17976 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17978 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17980 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17981 Run nslookup program.
17983 \(fn)" t nil)
17985 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17986 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17988 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17990 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17991 Run dig program.
17993 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17995 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17996 Run ftp program.
17998 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18000 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18001 Finger USER on HOST.
18003 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18005 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18006 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18007 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18008 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18010 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18012 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18013 Not documented
18015 \(fn)" t nil)
18017 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18018 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18020 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18022 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18023 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18025 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18027 ;;;***
18029 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18030 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18031 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18032 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18033 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18034 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19279 5148))
18035 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18037 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18039 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18041 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18043 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18045 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18046 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18047 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18048 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18049 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18050 Major modes should set this variable.")
18052 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18053 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18054 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18055 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18056 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18057 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18059 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18060 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18062 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18063 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18064 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18066 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18067 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18068 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18069 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18070 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18072 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18073 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18074 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18076 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18077 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18078 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18079 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18081 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18082 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18083 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18084 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18085 column indentation or nil.
18086 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18088 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18089 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18090 The function has no args.
18092 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18093 comments always start in column zero.")
18095 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18096 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18097 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18099 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18101 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18102 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18103 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18104 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18106 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18107 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18109 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18111 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18112 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18113 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18114 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18115 customize this variable.
18117 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18118 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18120 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18122 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18123 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18124 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18125 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18126 the variables are properly set.
18128 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18130 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18131 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18133 \(fn)" nil nil)
18135 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18136 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18137 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18139 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18141 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18142 Set the comment column based on point.
18143 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18144 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18145 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18146 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18148 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18150 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18151 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18152 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18154 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18156 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18157 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18158 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18159 comment markers.
18161 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18163 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18164 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18165 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18166 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18167 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18169 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18170 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18171 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18173 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18174 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18175 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18176 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18177 changed with `comment-style'.
18179 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18181 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18182 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18183 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18184 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18186 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18188 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18189 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18190 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18191 is passed on to the respective function.
18193 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18195 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18196 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18197 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18198 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18199 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18200 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18201 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18202 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18203 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18204 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18206 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18208 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18209 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18210 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18212 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18214 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18215 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18216 This indents the body of the continued comment
18217 under the previous comment line.
18219 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18220 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18221 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18223 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18224 or comment indentation.
18226 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18227 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18229 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18231 ;;;***
18233 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18234 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19279 5151))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18237 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18238 Check whether newsticker is running.
18239 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18240 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18242 \(fn)" nil nil)
18244 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18245 Start the newsticker.
18246 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18247 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18248 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18249 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18251 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18253 ;;;***
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18256 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18259 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18260 Start newsticker plainview.
18262 \(fn)" t nil)
18264 ;;;***
18266 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18267 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18270 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18271 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18273 \(fn)" t nil)
18275 ;;;***
18277 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18278 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19279 5151))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18281 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18282 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18283 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18284 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18285 empty.
18287 \(fn)" nil nil)
18289 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18290 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18291 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18292 running already.
18294 \(fn)" t nil)
18296 ;;;***
18298 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18299 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18300 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18302 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18303 Start newsticker treeview.
18305 \(fn)" t nil)
18307 ;;;***
18309 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18310 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18313 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18314 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18316 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18318 ;;;***
18320 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19279
18321 ;;;;;; 5150))
18322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18324 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18325 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18326 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18327 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18328 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18329 symbol in the alist.
18331 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18333 ;;;***
18335 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18336 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
18337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18339 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18340 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18341 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18343 \(fn)" t nil)
18345 ;;;***
18347 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18348 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
18349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18351 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18352 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18353 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18355 \(fn)" t nil)
18357 ;;;***
18359 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18360 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18363 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18364 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18366 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18368 ;;;***
18370 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18371 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19279 5150))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18374 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18375 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18377 \(fn)" t nil)
18379 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18380 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18382 \(fn)" t nil)
18384 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18385 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18387 \(fn)" t nil)
18389 ;;;***
18391 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18392 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19279 5148))
18393 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18395 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18396 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18397 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18399 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18401 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18402 Not documented
18404 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18406 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18407 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18408 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18409 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18410 to future sessions.
18412 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18414 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18415 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18416 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18417 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18418 to future sessions.
18420 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18422 ;;;***
18424 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18425 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
18426 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18428 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18429 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18430 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18431 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18432 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18433 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18435 \(fn)" t nil)
18437 ;;;***
18439 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18440 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18441 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18443 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18444 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18445 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18446 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18448 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18450 ;;;***
18452 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19356
18453 ;;;;;; 10801))
18454 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18456 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18457 Major mode for editing XML.
18459 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18460 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18461 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18462 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18463 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18464 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18465 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18467 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18469 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18470 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18472 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18473 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18474 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18475 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18476 instead of C-c.
18478 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18479 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18480 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18481 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18482 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18483 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18485 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18486 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18487 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18489 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18490 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18491 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18493 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18494 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18495 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18496 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18497 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18498 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18499 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18500 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18501 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18503 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18505 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18506 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18508 \(fn)" t nil)
18510 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18512 ;;;***
18514 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18515 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19279 5151))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18518 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18519 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18520 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18521 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18523 \(fn)" t nil)
18525 ;;;***
18527 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18528 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18531 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18532 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18533 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18535 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18537 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18538 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18540 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18541 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18542 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18546 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18548 ;;;***
18550 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18551 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18554 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18555 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18557 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18558 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18559 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18560 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18562 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18563 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18564 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18565 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18566 is why you need this mode!).
18568 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18569 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18570 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18572 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18574 Keybindings
18575 ===========
18577 \\{octave-mode-map}
18579 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18580 ==============================================
18582 `octave-auto-indent'
18583 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18584 Default is nil.
18586 `octave-auto-newline'
18587 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18588 Default is nil.
18590 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18591 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18592 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18594 `octave-block-offset'
18595 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18596 Default is 2.
18598 `octave-continuation-offset'
18599 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18600 Default is 4.
18602 `octave-continuation-string'
18603 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18604 Default is a backslash.
18606 `octave-send-echo-input'
18607 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18608 command to the inferior Octave process.
18610 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18611 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18612 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18614 `octave-send-echo-input'
18615 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18617 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18619 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18620 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18622 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18624 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18625 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18627 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18628 (lambda ()
18629 (abbrev-mode 1)
18630 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18632 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18633 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18634 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18635 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18637 \(fn)" t nil)
18639 ;;;***
18641 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18642 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18643 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18644 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18645 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18646 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19356 10801))
18647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18649 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18650 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18651 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18653 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18654 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18655 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18656 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18657 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18658 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18659 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18660 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18661 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18662 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18664 The following commands are available:
18666 \\{org-mode-map}
18668 \(fn)" t nil)
18670 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18672 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18673 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18674 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18675 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18679 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18680 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18681 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18682 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18683 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18684 of Org-mode).
18686 M-up Move entry/item up
18687 M-down Move entry/item down
18688 M-left Promote
18689 M-right Demote
18690 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18691 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18692 M-S-left Promote subtree
18693 M-S-right Demote subtree
18694 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18695 C-c ^ Sort entries
18696 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18697 TAB Cycle item visibility
18698 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18699 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18700 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18704 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18705 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18707 \(fn)" nil nil)
18709 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18710 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18712 \(fn)" nil nil)
18714 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18715 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18716 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18717 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18718 call CMD.
18720 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18722 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18723 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18724 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18725 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18727 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18728 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18729 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18731 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18733 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18734 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18735 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18737 \(fn)" t nil)
18739 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18740 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18741 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18742 Org-mode syntax.
18744 \(fn)" t nil)
18746 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18747 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18749 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18751 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18752 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18754 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18755 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18756 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18757 returned as a list.
18759 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18760 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18761 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18762 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18763 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18764 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18765 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18766 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18767 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18768 position.
18770 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18771 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18772 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18773 visited by the iteration.
18775 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18777 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18778 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18779 file The current buffer, without restriction
18780 file-with-archives
18781 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18782 agenda All agenda files
18783 agenda-with-archives
18784 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18785 \(file1 file2 ...)
18786 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18788 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18789 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18791 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18792 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18793 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18794 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18795 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18796 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18797 function leaves it.
18799 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18800 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18801 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18802 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18803 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18804 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18805 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18806 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18808 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18810 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18811 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18812 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18813 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18817 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18819 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18820 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18821 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18822 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18824 \(fn)" t nil)
18826 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18827 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18829 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18831 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18832 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18833 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18835 \(fn)" t nil)
18837 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18838 Not documented
18840 \(fn)" t nil)
18842 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18843 Reload all org lisp files.
18844 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18846 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18848 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18849 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18851 \(fn)" t nil)
18853 ;;;***
18855 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18856 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18857 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18858 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18859 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19279 5151))
18860 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18862 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18863 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18864 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18865 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18867 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18868 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18869 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18870 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18871 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18872 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18873 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18874 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18875 e Export views to associated files.
18876 s Search entries for keywords.
18877 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18878 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18879 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18880 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18881 > Remove a previous restriction.
18882 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18883 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18884 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18886 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18887 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18888 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18890 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18891 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18892 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18893 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18894 \(if active).
18896 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18898 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18899 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18900 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18901 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18902 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18903 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18904 before running the agenda command.
18906 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18908 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18909 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18910 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18911 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18912 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18913 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18914 before running the agenda command.
18916 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18917 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18919 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18921 category The category of the item
18922 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18923 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18924 todo selected in TODO match
18925 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18926 diary imported from diary
18927 deadline a deadline on given date
18928 scheduled scheduled on given date
18929 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18930 closed entry was closed on given date
18931 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18932 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18933 block entry has date block including g. date
18934 todo The todo keyword, if any
18935 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18936 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18937 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18938 extra Sting with extra planning info
18939 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18940 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18941 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18943 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18945 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18946 Not documented
18948 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18950 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18951 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18953 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18955 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18956 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18957 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18958 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18960 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18961 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18962 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18963 agenda instead.
18965 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18966 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18967 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18969 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18970 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18972 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18974 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18975 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18976 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18977 search only the headlines.
18979 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18980 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18981 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18982 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18983 EDIT-AT.
18985 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18986 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
18987 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
18988 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
18989 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
18991 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
18992 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
18994 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
18995 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
18996 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
18997 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
18998 are enclosed by word delimiters.
19000 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19001 that must or must not match in the entry.
19003 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19004 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19005 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19006 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19008 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19009 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19011 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19013 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19014 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19015 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19016 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19017 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19018 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19020 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19022 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19023 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19024 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19026 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19028 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19029 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19030 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19031 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19032 `org-stuck-projects'.
19033 MATCH is being ignored.
19035 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19037 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19038 Return diary information from org-files.
19039 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19040 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19041 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19042 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19044 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19045 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19046 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19048 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19050 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19051 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19052 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19053 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19055 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19056 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19057 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19059 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19060 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19061 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19062 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19064 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19066 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19068 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19069 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19071 &%%(org-diary)
19073 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19074 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19075 So the example above may also be written as
19077 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19079 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19080 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19081 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19083 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19085 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19086 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19088 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19090 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19091 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19092 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19094 \(fn)" t nil)
19096 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19097 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19098 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19099 appointments.
19101 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19102 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19104 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19105 for filtering entries out.
19107 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19108 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19110 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19111 (category \"Work\"))
19113 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19114 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19116 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19118 ;;;***
19120 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19121 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19122 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19123 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19125 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19126 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19127 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19129 \(fn)" t nil)
19131 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19132 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19133 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19135 \(fn)" t nil)
19137 ;;;***
19139 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19140 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19141 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19279 5151))
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19144 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19145 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19146 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19148 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19150 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19151 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19152 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19153 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19154 command to convert it.
19156 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19158 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19159 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19160 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19161 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19162 cut-and-paste operations.
19163 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19164 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19165 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19166 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19168 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19170 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19171 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19173 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19175 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19176 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19177 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19178 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19179 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19180 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19181 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19182 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19183 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19184 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19185 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19186 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19187 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19188 publishing directory.
19190 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19192 ;;;***
19194 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19279
19195 ;;;;;; 5151))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19198 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19199 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19200 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19202 \(fn)" t nil)
19204 ;;;***
19206 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19207 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19208 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19210 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19211 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19213 \(fn)" nil nil)
19215 ;;;***
19217 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19218 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19279 5151))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19221 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19222 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19223 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19224 fontified, and then returned.
19226 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19228 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19229 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19231 \(fn)" nil nil)
19233 ;;;***
19235 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19236 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19237 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19238 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19279 5151))
19239 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19241 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19242 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19243 This function can be used in batch processing.
19245 For example:
19247 $ emacs --batch
19248 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19249 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19251 \(fn)" nil nil)
19253 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19254 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19255 No file is created.
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19259 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19260 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19261 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19262 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19263 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19264 then use this command to convert it.
19266 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19268 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19269 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19270 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19271 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19272 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19273 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19274 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19275 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19276 could call this function in the following way:
19278 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19280 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19281 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19283 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19285 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19286 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19288 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19290 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19291 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19293 \(fn)" t nil)
19295 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19296 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19297 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19298 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19299 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19300 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19301 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19302 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19303 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19304 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19305 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19306 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19307 publishing directory.
19309 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19311 ;;;***
19313 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19314 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19315 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19318 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19319 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19320 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19321 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19322 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19324 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19325 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19326 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19330 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19331 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19332 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19333 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19334 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19335 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19336 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19337 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19338 command.
19340 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19342 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19343 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19344 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19345 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19346 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19348 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19349 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19350 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19351 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19353 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19354 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19355 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19357 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19358 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19359 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19360 directory.
19362 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19364 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19365 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19367 \(fn)" t nil)
19369 ;;;***
19371 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19372 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19279
19373 ;;;;;; 5151))
19374 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19376 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19377 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19379 \(fn)" t nil)
19381 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19382 Get inbox items from FEED.
19383 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19384 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19386 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19388 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19389 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19391 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19393 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19394 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19396 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19398 ;;;***
19400 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19401 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19279 5151))
19402 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19404 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19405 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19406 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19407 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19408 create a new footnote, interactively.
19409 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19411 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19413 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19414 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19415 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19416 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19417 Org-mode exporters.
19418 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19419 referenced sequence.
19421 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19423 ;;;***
19425 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19426 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19427 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19428 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19323 49698))
19429 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19431 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19432 Not documented
19434 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19436 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19437 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19439 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19441 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19442 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19444 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19446 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19447 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19449 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19451 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19452 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19454 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19456 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19457 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19459 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19461 ;;;***
19463 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19464 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19465 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19466 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19279 5151))
19467 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19469 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19471 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19473 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19475 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19476 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19477 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19478 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19479 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19481 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19483 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19484 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19485 emacs --batch
19486 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19487 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19488 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19490 \(fn)" nil nil)
19492 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19493 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19494 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19496 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19498 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19499 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19500 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19501 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19502 command to convert it.
19504 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19506 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19507 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19508 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19509 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19510 cut-and-paste operations.
19511 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19512 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19513 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19514 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19516 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19518 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19519 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19521 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19523 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19524 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19525 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19526 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19527 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19528 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19529 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19530 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19531 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19532 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19533 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19534 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19535 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19536 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19537 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19539 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19541 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19542 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19543 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19544 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19545 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19546 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19547 need into your CSS file.
19549 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19550 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19551 that uses these same face definitions.
19553 \(fn)" t nil)
19555 ;;;***
19557 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19558 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19559 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19560 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19562 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19563 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19564 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19565 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19567 \(fn)" t nil)
19569 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19570 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19571 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19572 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19574 \(fn)" t nil)
19576 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19577 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19578 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19580 \(fn)" t nil)
19582 ;;;***
19584 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19585 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19586 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19279 5151))
19587 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19589 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19590 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19591 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19592 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19594 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19596 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19597 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19598 Create an ID if necessary.
19600 \(fn)" t nil)
19602 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19603 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19604 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19605 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19606 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19607 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19608 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19610 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19612 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19613 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19614 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19615 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19616 eligible.
19617 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19619 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19621 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19622 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19623 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19624 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19626 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19628 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19629 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19630 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19632 \(fn ID)" t nil)
19634 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19635 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19636 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19637 if there is no entry with that ID.
19638 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19640 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19642 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19643 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19645 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
19647 ;;;***
19649 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19650 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19651 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19653 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19654 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19656 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19657 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19658 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19662 ;;;***
19664 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19665 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19666 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19668 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19669 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19671 \(fn)" nil nil)
19673 ;;;***
19675 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19676 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19677 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19678 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19679 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19681 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19682 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19683 For example:
19685 emacs --batch
19686 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19687 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19688 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19690 \(fn)" nil nil)
19692 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19693 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19694 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19696 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19698 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19699 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19700 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19701 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19702 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19703 then use this command to convert it.
19705 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19707 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19708 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19709 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19710 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19711 cut-and-paste operations.
19712 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19713 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19714 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19715 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19717 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19719 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19720 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19722 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19724 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19725 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19726 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19727 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19728 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19729 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19730 convert them as description lists.
19731 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19732 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19733 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19734 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19735 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19736 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19737 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19738 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19739 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19740 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19741 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19743 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19745 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19746 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19748 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19750 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19751 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19755 ;;;***
19757 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19758 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19279
19759 ;;;;;; 5151))
19760 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19762 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19763 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19764 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19765 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19767 \(fn)" t nil)
19769 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19770 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19771 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19772 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19774 \(fn)" t nil)
19776 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19777 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19779 \(fn)" t nil)
19781 ;;;***
19783 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19784 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19785 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19787 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19788 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19789 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19790 line directly before or after the table.
19792 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19794 ;;;***
19796 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19797 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19798 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19799 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19801 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19803 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19804 Publish PROJECT.
19806 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19808 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19809 Publish all projects.
19810 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19811 directory and force publishing all files.
19813 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19815 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19816 Publish the current file.
19817 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19819 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19821 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19822 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19823 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19824 the project.
19826 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19828 ;;;***
19830 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19831 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19832 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19279 5151))
19833 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19835 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19836 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19838 \(fn)" nil nil)
19840 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19841 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19842 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19843 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19844 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19846 \(fn)" nil nil)
19848 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19849 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19850 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19851 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19853 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19855 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19856 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19857 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19858 of the remember buffer.
19860 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19861 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19862 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19863 note stored by remember.
19865 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19866 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19868 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19870 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19871 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19872 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19873 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19874 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19876 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19877 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19878 process is used to select the target location.
19880 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19881 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19883 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19884 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19885 currently running.
19887 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19888 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19889 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19891 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19892 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19893 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19894 some additional data.
19896 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19897 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19898 \(i.e. after the stars).
19900 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19902 \(fn)" nil nil)
19904 ;;;***
19906 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19907 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19279 5151))
19908 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19910 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19911 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19913 \(fn)" nil nil)
19915 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19916 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19920 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19921 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19922 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19923 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19924 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19926 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19928 ;;;***
19930 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19931 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19932 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19933 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19935 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19936 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19937 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19938 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19939 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19940 without user interaction.
19941 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19942 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19943 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19944 the region 0:00:00.
19946 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19948 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19949 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19950 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19951 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19952 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19953 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19954 that was not started at the correct moment.
19956 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19958 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19959 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19961 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19963 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19964 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19968 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19969 Set a timer.
19971 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19973 ;;;***
19975 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19976 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19977 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19979 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19980 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19981 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19983 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19985 ;;;***
19987 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19988 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
19989 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19990 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19992 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19993 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19994 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19995 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19997 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19998 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19999 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20000 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20002 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20003 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20004 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20005 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20006 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20007 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20009 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20010 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20011 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20013 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20014 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20015 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20016 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20017 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20018 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20019 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20020 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20021 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20022 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20023 The subheadings remain visible.
20024 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20026 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20027 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20028 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20030 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20031 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20033 \(fn)" t nil)
20035 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20036 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20037 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20038 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20041 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20043 ;;;***
20045 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19279 5148))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20048 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20049 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20050 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20052 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20053 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20055 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20057 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20058 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20059 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20060 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20062 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20063 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20067 ;;;***
20069 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20070 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
20071 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20072 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20074 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20075 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20076 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20077 unknown are returned as nil.
20079 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20081 ;;;***
20083 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19279
20084 ;;;;;; 5151))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20087 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20088 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20089 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20091 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20092 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20094 Other useful functions are:
20096 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20097 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20098 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20099 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20100 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20101 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20102 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20103 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20104 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20106 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20108 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20109 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20110 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20111 Indentation for case statements.
20112 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20113 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20114 mark after an end.
20115 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20116 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20117 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20118 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20119 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20120 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20121 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20122 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20123 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20124 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20126 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20127 pascal-separator-keywords.
20129 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20130 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20132 \(fn)" t nil)
20134 ;;;***
20136 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20137 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19365 25156))
20138 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20140 (defvar password-cache t "\
20141 Whether to cache passwords.")
20143 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20145 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20146 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20147 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20149 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20151 ;;;***
20153 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20154 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20157 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20158 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20159 The keys affected are:
20160 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20161 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20162 M-Backspace does undo.
20163 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20164 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20165 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20167 \(fn)" t nil)
20169 ;;;***
20171 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20172 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
20173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20175 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20176 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20177 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20178 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20179 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20180 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20182 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20184 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20185 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20187 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20189 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20190 which modify the status of the mark.
20192 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20193 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20195 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20196 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20198 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20199 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20200 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20201 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20202 turning PC Selection mode on.
20204 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20205 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20207 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20208 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20209 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20211 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20212 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20213 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20215 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20216 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20218 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20219 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20220 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20222 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20223 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20224 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20226 F6 other-window
20227 DELETE delete-char
20228 C-DELETE kill-line
20229 M-DELETE kill-word
20230 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20231 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20232 M-BACKSPACE undo
20234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20236 ;;;***
20238 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19279
20239 ;;;;;; 5148))
20240 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20242 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20243 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20245 \(fn)" nil nil)
20247 ;;;***
20249 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20250 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19279 5148))
20251 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20253 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20254 Completion for `gzip'.
20256 \(fn)" nil nil)
20258 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20259 Completion for `bzip2'.
20261 \(fn)" nil nil)
20263 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20264 Completion for GNU `make'.
20266 \(fn)" nil nil)
20268 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20269 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20271 \(fn)" nil nil)
20273 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20275 ;;;***
20277 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20278 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19279 5148))
20279 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20281 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20282 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20284 \(fn)" nil nil)
20286 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20287 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20289 \(fn)" nil nil)
20291 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20292 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20294 \(fn)" nil nil)
20296 ;;;***
20298 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19279
20299 ;;;;;; 5148))
20300 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20302 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20303 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20305 \(fn)" nil nil)
20307 ;;;***
20309 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20310 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20311 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19282 55646))
20312 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20314 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20315 Completion for `cd'.
20317 \(fn)" nil nil)
20319 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20321 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20322 Completion for `rmdir'.
20324 \(fn)" nil nil)
20326 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20327 Completion for `rm'.
20329 \(fn)" nil nil)
20331 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20332 Completion for `xargs'.
20334 \(fn)" nil nil)
20336 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20338 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20339 Completion for `which'.
20341 \(fn)" nil nil)
20343 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20344 Completion for the `chown' command.
20346 \(fn)" nil nil)
20348 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20349 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20351 \(fn)" nil nil)
20353 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20354 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20356 \(fn)" nil nil)
20358 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20359 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20360 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20362 \(fn)" nil nil)
20364 ;;;***
20366 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20367 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20368 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19279
20369 ;;;;;; 5148))
20370 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20372 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20373 Support extensible programmable completion.
20374 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20375 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20377 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20379 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20380 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20382 \(fn)" t nil)
20384 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20385 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20386 This will modify the current buffer.
20388 \(fn)" t nil)
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20391 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20393 \(fn)" t nil)
20395 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20396 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20397 This will modify the current buffer.
20399 \(fn)" t nil)
20401 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20402 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20404 \(fn)" t nil)
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20407 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20409 \(fn)" t nil)
20411 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20412 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20413 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20414 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20415 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20417 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20419 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20420 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20422 \(fn)" nil nil)
20424 ;;;***
20426 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20427 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20428 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19279 5148))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20431 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20432 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20433 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20434 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20436 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20438 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20440 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20441 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20442 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20443 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20444 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20445 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20446 FLAGS is ignored.
20448 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20450 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20451 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20452 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20453 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20454 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20455 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20456 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20457 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20459 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20461 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20462 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20463 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20464 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20465 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20466 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20467 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20468 passed to cvs.
20470 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20472 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20473 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20474 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20475 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20476 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20477 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20478 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20480 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20482 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20483 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20484 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20486 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20488 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20489 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20490 A value of nil means never do it.
20491 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20492 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20493 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20495 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20497 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20498 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20499 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20501 ;;;***
20503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19279 5148))
20504 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20506 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20508 ;;;***
20510 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20511 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
20512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20513 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20514 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20515 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20516 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20517 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20518 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20520 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20521 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20522 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20523 Tab indents for Perl code.
20524 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20525 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20526 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20527 \\{perl-mode-map}
20528 Variables controlling indentation style:
20529 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20530 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20531 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20532 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20533 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20534 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20535 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20536 `perl-nochange'
20537 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20538 `perl-indent-level'
20539 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20540 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20541 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20542 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20543 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20544 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20545 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20546 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20547 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20548 `perl-brace-offset'
20549 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20550 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20551 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20552 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20553 `perl-label-offset'
20554 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20555 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20556 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20558 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20559 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20560 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20561 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20562 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20563 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20564 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20566 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20568 \(fn)" t nil)
20570 ;;;***
20572 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20573 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20574 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20575 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19279 5148))
20576 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20578 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20579 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20581 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20583 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20584 passphrase cache or user.
20586 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20588 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20589 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20591 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20592 cache or user.
20594 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20596 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20597 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20599 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20600 the region.
20602 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20603 passphrase cache or user.
20605 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20607 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20608 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20610 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20612 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20613 the region.
20615 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20616 passphrase cache or user.
20618 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20620 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20621 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20623 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20624 passphrase cache or user.
20626 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20628 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20629 Decrypt the current buffer.
20631 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20632 the region.
20634 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20635 passphrase cache or user.
20637 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20639 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20640 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20642 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20643 a detached signature.
20645 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20646 and the output is displayed.
20648 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20649 passphrase cache or user.
20651 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20653 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20654 Sign the current buffer.
20656 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20657 detached signature.
20659 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20660 within the region.
20662 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20663 and the output is displayed.
20665 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20666 passphrase cache or user.
20668 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20670 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20671 Verify the current region between START and END.
20672 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20673 the detached signature of the current region.
20675 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20676 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20678 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20680 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20681 Verify the current buffer.
20682 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20683 the detached signature of the current region.
20684 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20685 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20686 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20687 within the region.
20689 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20691 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20692 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20694 \(fn)" t nil)
20696 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20697 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20699 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20701 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20702 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20704 \(fn)" t nil)
20706 ;;;***
20708 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20709 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
20710 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20712 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20713 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20715 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20717 ;;;***
20719 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20720 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20723 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20724 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20725 \\<picture-mode-map>
20726 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20727 afterwards settable by these commands:
20729 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20730 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20731 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20732 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20734 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20735 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20736 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20737 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20739 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20740 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20741 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20742 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20744 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20745 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20746 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20747 with these commands:
20749 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20750 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20751 Move to column following last
20752 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20753 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20754 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20755 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20756 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20757 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20759 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20761 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20762 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20763 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20764 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20765 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20766 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20768 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20769 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20770 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20771 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20772 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20773 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20774 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20776 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20777 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20778 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20779 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20780 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20781 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20782 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20783 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20785 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20786 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20787 by supplying an argument.
20789 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20791 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20792 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20794 \(fn)" t nil)
20796 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20798 ;;;***
20800 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20801 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
20802 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20804 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20805 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20806 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20808 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20810 ;;;***
20812 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19279 5151))
20813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20815 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20816 Play pong and waste time.
20817 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20818 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20820 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20822 \\{pong-mode-map}
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20826 ;;;***
20828 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20829 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20830 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
20831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20833 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20834 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20835 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20836 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20838 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20840 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20841 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20843 \(fn)" nil nil)
20845 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20846 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20847 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20848 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20849 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20851 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20853 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20854 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20855 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20857 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20859 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20860 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20862 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20864 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20865 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20866 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20867 Ignores leading comment characters.
20869 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20871 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20872 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20873 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20874 Ignores leading comment characters.
20876 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20878 ;;;***
20880 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20881 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20882 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20883 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20884 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20885 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20886 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20887 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20888 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20889 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20890 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20891 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20892 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20893 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20894 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20895 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20896 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20897 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20898 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
20899 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20901 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20902 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20904 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20906 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20908 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20910 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20911 Preview directory using ghostview.
20913 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20914 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20915 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20916 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20918 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20919 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20920 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20921 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20922 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20923 file name.
20925 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20927 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20929 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20930 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20932 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20933 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20934 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20935 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20938 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20939 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20940 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20941 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20942 file name.
20944 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20946 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20948 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20949 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20951 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20952 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20953 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20954 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20956 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20957 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20958 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20959 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20960 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20961 file name.
20963 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20965 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20967 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20968 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20970 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20972 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20973 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20974 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20975 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20977 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20978 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20979 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20980 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20981 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20982 file name.
20984 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20986 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20988 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20989 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20992 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20993 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20995 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20996 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20997 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20998 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21000 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21002 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21003 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21005 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21006 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21007 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21009 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21010 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21011 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21012 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21014 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21016 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21017 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21019 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21020 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21021 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21023 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21024 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21025 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21026 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21028 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21030 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21031 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21033 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21035 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21036 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21037 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21039 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21040 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21041 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21042 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21044 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21047 Preview region using ghostview.
21049 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21051 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21053 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21054 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21056 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21058 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21060 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21061 Print region using PostScript printer.
21063 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21065 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21067 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21068 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21070 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21072 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21074 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21075 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21077 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21079 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21081 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21082 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21084 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21086 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21089 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21091 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21093 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21095 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21096 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21098 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21100 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21102 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21103 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21104 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21105 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21107 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21108 matching.
21110 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21111 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21113 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21115 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21118 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21119 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21120 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21122 \(fn)" t nil)
21124 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21125 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21126 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21127 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21129 \(fn)" t nil)
21131 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21132 Print directory using text printer.
21134 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21135 matching.
21137 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21138 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21140 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21142 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21144 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21145 Print buffer using text printer.
21147 \(fn)" t nil)
21149 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21150 Print region using text printer.
21152 \(fn)" t nil)
21154 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21155 Print major mode using text printer.
21157 \(fn)" t nil)
21159 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21160 Preview spooled PostScript.
21162 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21163 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21164 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21166 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21167 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21168 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21170 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21172 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21173 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21175 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21176 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21177 instead of sending it to the printer.
21179 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21180 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21181 image in a file with that name.
21183 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21185 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21186 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21188 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21189 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21190 instead of sending it to the printer.
21192 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21193 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21194 image in a file with that name.
21196 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21198 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21199 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21201 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21202 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21203 instead of sending it to the printer.
21205 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21206 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21207 image in a file with that name.
21209 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21211 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21212 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21214 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21216 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21217 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21219 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21221 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21222 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21224 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21227 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21229 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21231 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21232 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21234 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21237 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21239 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21240 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21241 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21242 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21244 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21245 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21246 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21247 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21248 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21249 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21250 file name.
21252 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21255 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21259 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21260 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21262 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21263 right.
21264 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21265 bottom.
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21270 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21272 \(fn)" t nil)
21274 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21275 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21277 \(fn)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21280 Toggle printing with faces.
21282 \(fn)" t nil)
21284 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21285 Toggle spooling.
21287 \(fn)" t nil)
21289 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21290 Toggle duplex.
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21295 Toggle tumble.
21297 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21298 right.
21299 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21300 bottom.
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21305 Toggle landscape.
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21310 Toggle upside-down.
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21315 Toggle line number.
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21320 Toggle zebra stripes.
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21325 Toggle printing header.
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21330 Toggle printing header frame.
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21335 Toggle menu lock.
21337 \(fn)" t nil)
21339 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21340 Toggle auto region.
21342 \(fn)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21345 Toggle auto mode.
21347 \(fn)" t nil)
21349 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21350 Customization of the `printing' group.
21352 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21355 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21357 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21360 Help for the printing package.
21362 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21364 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21365 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21369 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21370 Interactively select a text printer.
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21375 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21380 Show current ps-print settings.
21382 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21385 Show current printing settings.
21387 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21390 Show current lpr settings.
21392 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21395 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21397 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21398 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21399 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21400 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21403 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21405 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21406 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21407 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21409 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21410 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21411 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21412 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21413 current active printer.
21415 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21416 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21417 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21418 printer.
21420 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21421 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21422 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21423 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21424 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21427 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21428 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21430 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21432 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21433 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21434 be done using the new current active printer.
21436 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21437 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21438 printer.
21440 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21441 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21442 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21443 instead of sending it to the printer.
21445 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21446 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21447 printer.
21449 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21452 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21453 are both set to t.
21455 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21457 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21458 Fast fire function for text printing.
21460 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21461 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21462 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21463 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21465 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21466 user for a new active text printer.
21468 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21470 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21472 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21473 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21474 printer.
21476 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21478 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21479 are both set to t.
21481 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21483 ;;;***
21485 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19279 5148))
21486 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21488 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21489 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21490 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21491 information will be displayed but not selected.
21492 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21494 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21498 ;;;***
21500 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21501 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
21502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21504 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21505 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21506 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21507 Commands:
21508 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21509 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21510 if that value is non-nil.
21512 \(fn)" t nil)
21514 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21516 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21517 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21518 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21520 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21522 ;;;***
21524 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19279
21525 ;;;;;; 5148))
21526 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21528 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21529 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21530 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21532 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21534 ;;;***
21536 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19279
21537 ;;;;;; 5151))
21538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21540 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21541 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21543 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21545 The following variables hold user options, and can
21546 be set through the `customize' command:
21548 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21549 `ps-mode-tab'
21550 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21551 `ps-mode-print-function'
21552 `ps-run-prompt'
21553 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21554 `ps-run-x'
21555 `ps-run-dumb'
21556 `ps-run-init'
21557 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21558 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21560 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21563 \\{ps-mode-map}
21566 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21567 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21568 The keymap for this second window is:
21570 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21573 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21574 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21575 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21576 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21577 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21579 \(fn)" t nil)
21581 ;;;***
21583 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21584 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21585 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21586 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21587 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21588 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19356
21589 ;;;;;; 10801))
21590 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21592 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21593 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21594 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21596 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21598 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21599 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21600 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21601 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21603 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21605 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21606 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21608 Valid values are:
21610 nil Do not print colors.
21612 t Print colors.
21614 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21615 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21617 Any other value is treated as t.")
21619 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21621 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21622 Customization of ps-print group.
21624 \(fn)" t nil)
21626 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21627 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21629 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21630 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21631 sending it to the printer.
21633 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21634 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21635 image in a file with that name.
21637 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21639 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21640 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21641 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21642 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21643 so it has a way to determine color values.
21645 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21647 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21648 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21649 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21651 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21653 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21654 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21655 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21656 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21657 so it has a way to determine color values.
21659 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21661 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21662 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21663 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21664 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21666 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21668 \(fn)" t nil)
21670 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21671 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21672 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21673 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21674 so it has a way to determine color values.
21676 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21678 \(fn)" t nil)
21680 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21681 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21682 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21684 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21686 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21688 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21689 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21690 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21691 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21692 so it has a way to determine color values.
21694 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21696 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21698 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21699 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21701 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21702 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21703 instead of sending it to the printer.
21705 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21706 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21707 image in a file with that name.
21709 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21711 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21712 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21713 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21714 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21715 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21717 \(fn)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21720 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21721 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21723 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21725 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21726 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21727 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21729 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21732 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21734 \(fn)" nil nil)
21736 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21737 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21739 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21740 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21742 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21743 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21745 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21747 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21749 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21751 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21752 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21754 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21755 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21757 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21758 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21760 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21762 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21764 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21766 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21767 foreground and background colors respectively.
21769 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21770 bold - use bold font.
21771 italic - use italic font.
21772 underline - put a line under text.
21773 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21774 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21775 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21776 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21777 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21779 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21781 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21783 ;;;***
21785 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21786 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19338 9841))
21787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21789 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21791 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21793 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21795 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21796 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21797 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21798 buffer automatically.
21800 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21801 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21802 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21803 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21804 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21805 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21806 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21808 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21809 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21810 buffer for a list of commands.)
21812 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21814 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21815 Major mode for editing Python files.
21816 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21817 for correct parsing of the source.
21818 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21819 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21820 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21822 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21823 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21824 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21825 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21826 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21827 \\<python-mode-map>
21828 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21829 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21830 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21831 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21832 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21833 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21835 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21836 effect outside them.
21838 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21839 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21840 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21841 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21842 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21843 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21844 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21845 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21846 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21848 \\{python-mode-map}
21850 \(fn)" t nil)
21852 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21853 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21854 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21855 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21857 \(fn)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21860 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21861 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21862 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21863 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21864 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21866 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21867 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21868 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21869 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21870 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21871 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21872 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21874 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21875 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21876 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21877 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21878 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21880 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21881 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21882 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21883 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21884 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21885 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21886 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21887 mode.
21889 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21890 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21891 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21892 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21893 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21894 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21895 filter.
21897 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21899 ;;;***
21901 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21902 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
21903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21905 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21906 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21907 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21908 coding-system.
21910 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21911 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21913 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21914 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21915 them into characters should be done separately.
21917 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21919 ;;;***
21921 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21922 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21923 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21924 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21925 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19279 5150))
21926 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21928 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21929 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21931 \(fn)" nil nil)
21933 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21934 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21935 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21937 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21938 `quail-activate', which see.
21940 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21942 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21943 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21944 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21945 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21946 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21947 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21948 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21950 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21951 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21952 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21953 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21954 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21955 shown.
21956 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21958 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21959 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21960 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21961 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21962 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21963 list of candidates.
21965 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21966 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21967 command to be called.
21969 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21970 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21971 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21972 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21974 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21975 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21976 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21977 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21978 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21979 to t.
21981 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21982 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21983 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21984 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21986 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21987 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21988 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21989 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21991 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21992 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21993 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21994 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21995 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21996 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21998 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21999 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22000 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22001 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22002 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22003 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22005 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22006 covers Quail translation region.
22008 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22009 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22010 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22011 for it) is inserted.
22013 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22014 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22015 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22017 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22018 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22019 non-Quail commands.
22021 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22023 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22024 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22026 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22027 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22028 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22029 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22030 you type is correctly handled.
22032 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22034 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22035 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22037 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22038 keyboard type.
22040 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22042 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22043 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22044 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22045 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22046 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22047 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22048 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22049 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22050 for the translation.
22051 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22053 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22054 it is used to handle KEY.
22056 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22057 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22058 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22059 the following annotation types are supported.
22061 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22062 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22064 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22065 candidate list.
22067 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22068 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22069 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22070 inserted.
22072 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22073 generated for the following translations.
22075 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22077 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22078 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22080 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22081 which to install MAP.
22083 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22085 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22087 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22088 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22090 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22091 which to install MAP.
22093 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22095 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22097 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22098 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22099 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22100 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22101 a function, or a cons.
22102 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22103 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22104 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22105 for the translation.
22106 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22107 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22108 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22109 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22110 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22112 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22113 it is used to handle KEY.
22115 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22116 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22117 current Quail package.
22119 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22120 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22122 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22124 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22125 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22127 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22128 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22130 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22132 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22133 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22135 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22137 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22138 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22139 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22140 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22141 of the Emacs source tree.
22143 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22144 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22146 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22147 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22148 of each directory.
22150 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22152 ;;;***
22154 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22155 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22156 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19279
22157 ;;;;;; 5151))
22158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22160 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22161 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22162 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22163 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22165 To make use of this do something like:
22167 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22169 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22171 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22172 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22174 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22175 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22176 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22178 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22180 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22181 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22183 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22185 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22186 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22188 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22189 is decided.
22191 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22193 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22194 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22196 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22197 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22198 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22200 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22202 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22203 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22205 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22207 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22208 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22210 \(fn)" t nil)
22212 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22213 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22215 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22217 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22219 \(fn)" t nil)
22221 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22222 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22224 \(fn)" t nil)
22226 ;;;***
22228 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22229 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19279 5151))
22230 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22232 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22233 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22235 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22237 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22239 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22241 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22243 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22244 Not documented
22246 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22248 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22249 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22250 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22253 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22255 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22257 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22258 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22262 ;;;***
22264 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19279
22265 ;;;;;; 5151))
22266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22268 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22269 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22270 See \\[compile].
22272 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22274 ;;;***
22276 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22277 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
22278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22280 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22282 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22283 Construct a regexp interactively.
22285 \(fn)" t nil)
22287 ;;;***
22289 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19279 5148))
22290 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22292 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22293 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22294 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22296 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22297 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22299 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22301 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22302 Toggle recentf mode.
22303 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22304 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22306 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22307 that were operated on recently.
22309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22311 ;;;***
22313 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22314 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22315 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22316 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19279
22317 ;;;;;; 5148))
22318 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22319 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22320 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22321 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22322 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22323 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22324 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22326 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22327 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22328 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22329 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22331 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22333 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22335 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22336 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22337 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22338 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22339 ends.
22341 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22342 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22343 to be deleted.
22345 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22347 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22348 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22349 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22351 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22352 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22353 deleted.
22355 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22357 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22358 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22359 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22361 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22363 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22364 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22366 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22367 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22369 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22370 deleted.
22372 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22373 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22374 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22375 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22376 even beep.)
22378 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22380 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22381 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22383 \(fn)" t nil)
22385 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22386 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22387 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22388 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22389 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22390 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22391 and point is at the lower right corner.
22393 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22395 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22396 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22398 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22399 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22401 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22402 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22403 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22405 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22407 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22409 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22410 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22411 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22412 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22413 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22415 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22416 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22418 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22420 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22421 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22422 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22424 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22426 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22428 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22430 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22431 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22433 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22434 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22435 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22437 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22439 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22440 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22441 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22443 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22444 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22445 rectangle which were empty.
22447 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22449 ;;;***
22451 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19279
22452 ;;;;;; 5152))
22453 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22455 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22456 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22457 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22459 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22460 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22461 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22465 ;;;***
22467 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22468 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19279 5152))
22469 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22471 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22472 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22474 \(fn)" nil nil)
22476 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22477 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22479 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22480 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22482 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22483 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22484 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22485 \\ref macro.
22487 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22488 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22489 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22491 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22492 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22493 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22495 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22496 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22498 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22499 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22501 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22502 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22503 on the menu bar.
22505 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22509 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22510 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22511 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22513 \(fn)" nil nil)
22515 ;;;***
22517 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22518 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22519 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22521 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22522 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22523 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22524 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22525 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22526 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22528 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22530 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22532 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22533 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22534 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22535 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22536 `reftex-cite-format'.
22538 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22539 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22540 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22541 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22543 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22545 ;;;***
22547 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22548 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22551 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22552 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22553 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22554 the current TeX document.
22556 With no argument, this command toggles
22557 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22558 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22562 ;;;***
22564 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22565 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22566 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22568 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22569 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22570 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22572 To insert new phrases, use
22573 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22574 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22576 To index phrases use one of:
22578 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22579 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22580 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22581 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22582 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22584 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22585 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22587 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22589 Here are all local bindings.
22591 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22593 \(fn)" t nil)
22595 ;;;***
22597 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22598 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22601 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22602 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22603 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22604 of master file.
22606 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22608 ;;;***
22610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19370
22611 ;;;;;; 36541))
22612 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22613 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22614 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22615 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22616 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22618 ;;;***
22620 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22621 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
22622 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22624 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22625 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22626 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22627 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22628 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22629 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22631 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22632 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22634 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22635 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22637 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22639 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22640 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22641 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22642 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22644 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22646 ;;;***
22648 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22649 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22650 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22651 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22653 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22654 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22655 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22656 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22658 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22660 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22662 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22663 Call `remember' in another frame.
22665 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22667 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22668 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22669 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22670 application.
22672 \(fn)" t nil)
22674 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22675 Extract diary entries from the region.
22677 \(fn)" nil nil)
22679 ;;;***
22681 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19279 5148))
22682 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22684 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22685 Repeat most recently executed command.
22686 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22687 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22688 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22690 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22691 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22692 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22693 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22695 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22696 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22697 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22699 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22701 ;;;***
22703 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22704 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
22705 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22707 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22708 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22710 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22711 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22712 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22713 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22714 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22715 and point is left after the salutation.
22717 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22718 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22719 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22720 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22721 left after that text.
22723 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22724 is non-nil.
22726 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22727 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22728 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22729 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22731 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22733 ;;;***
22735 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22736 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
22737 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22739 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22740 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22741 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22742 visibility of comments that precede it.
22743 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22744 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22745 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22746 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22747 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22748 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22749 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22750 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22751 the comment lines.
22752 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22753 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22754 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22755 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22756 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22760 ;;;***
22762 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22763 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
22764 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22766 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22767 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22768 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22770 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22771 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22772 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22776 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22777 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22778 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22779 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22780 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22781 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22783 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22785 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22786 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22787 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22789 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22790 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22791 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22795 ;;;***
22797 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22798 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
22799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22801 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22802 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22804 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22806 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22807 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22809 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22811 ;;;***
22813 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19279 5151))
22814 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22815 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22817 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22818 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22819 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22820 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22822 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22824 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22825 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22826 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22827 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22829 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22830 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22832 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22833 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22835 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22836 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22837 INPUT-ARGS.
22839 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22840 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22841 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22842 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22843 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22845 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22846 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22847 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22848 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22850 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22851 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22852 variable.
22854 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22856 ;;;***
22858 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22859 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22860 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22861 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22862 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22863 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19370
22864 ;;;;;; 36541))
22865 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22867 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22868 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22869 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22871 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22873 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22874 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22875 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22876 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22877 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22878 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22879 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22881 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22882 sent by you under different user names.
22883 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22885 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22887 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22889 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22890 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22891 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22892 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22893 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22895 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22896 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22898 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22900 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22901 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22902 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22903 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22904 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22905 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22906 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22908 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22909 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22910 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22911 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22912 which normally happens once for each message,
22913 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22914 To make a change in this variable take effect
22915 for a message that you have already viewed,
22916 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22918 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22920 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22921 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22922 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22923 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22925 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22927 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22928 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22930 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22932 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22933 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22934 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22936 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22938 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22939 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22940 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22941 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22942 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22943 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22945 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22947 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22948 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22950 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22952 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22953 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22955 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22957 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22958 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22960 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22961 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22963 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22965 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22966 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22968 This is set to nil by default.")
22970 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22971 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22972 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22973 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22974 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22975 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22976 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22978 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22979 Read and edit incoming mail.
22980 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22981 file in RMAIL Mode.
22982 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22984 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22985 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22986 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22987 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22989 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22991 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22993 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22994 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22995 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22996 Instead, these commands are available:
22998 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22999 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23000 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23001 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23002 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23003 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23004 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23005 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23006 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23007 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23008 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23009 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23010 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23011 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23012 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23013 till a deleted message is found.
23014 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23015 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23016 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23017 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23018 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23019 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23020 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23021 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23022 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23023 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23024 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23025 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23026 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23027 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23028 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23029 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23030 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23031 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23032 (label defaults to last one specified).
23033 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23034 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23035 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23036 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23037 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23038 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23039 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23040 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23041 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23043 \(fn)" t nil)
23045 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23046 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23048 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23050 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23051 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23053 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23055 ;;;***
23057 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23058 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19279 5150))
23059 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23060 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23062 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23063 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23064 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23065 case it writes Babyl.
23067 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23068 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23069 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23070 `rmail-default-file'.
23072 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23073 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23074 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23076 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23077 the header display is currently pruned.
23079 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23080 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23081 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23082 messages after output.
23084 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23085 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23086 message (if writing a file directly).
23088 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23089 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23091 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23093 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23094 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23095 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23096 i) the header is output as currently seen
23097 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23098 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23100 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23101 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23102 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23104 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23106 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23107 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23108 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23109 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23110 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23111 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23112 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23114 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23115 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23116 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23118 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23120 ;;;***
23122 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23123 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23124 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23126 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23127 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23128 Return a pattern.
23130 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23132 ;;;***
23134 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23135 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23136 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23138 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23139 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23140 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23141 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23143 \(fn)" t nil)
23145 ;;;***
23147 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23148 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23149 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23151 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23152 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23154 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23155 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23156 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23157 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23158 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23159 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23160 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23161 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23162 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23163 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23165 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23166 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23167 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23168 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23169 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23170 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23171 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23172 to use for finding the schema.
23174 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23176 ;;;***
23178 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19279
23179 ;;;;;; 5151))
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23182 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23184 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23185 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23186 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23187 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23188 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23189 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23190 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23191 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23192 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23193 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23194 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23195 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23196 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23197 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23198 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23199 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23200 must be equal.
23202 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23204 ;;;***
23206 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23207 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19279 5150))
23208 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23210 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23211 Define a robin package.
23213 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23214 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23215 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23216 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23218 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23219 one replaces the old one.
23221 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23223 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23224 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23226 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23227 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23228 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23230 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23232 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23233 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23235 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23237 ;;;***
23239 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23240 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19279 5148))
23241 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23243 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23244 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23246 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23248 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23249 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23251 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23253 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23254 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23256 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23258 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23259 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23260 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23262 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23263 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23264 in ROT13.
23266 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23268 \(fn)" t nil)
23270 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23271 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23273 \(fn)" t nil)
23275 ;;;***
23277 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23278 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
23279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23280 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23282 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23283 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23284 \\<rst-mode-map>
23285 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23286 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23287 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23288 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23289 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23291 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23292 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23293 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23294 font-locking of blocks.
23296 \\{rst-mode-map}
23298 \(fn)" t nil)
23300 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23301 ReST Minor Mode.
23302 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23303 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23304 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23305 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23307 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23308 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23309 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23313 ;;;***
23315 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23316 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23319 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23320 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23321 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23322 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23323 nesting into account.
23325 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23327 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23329 \(fn)" t nil)
23331 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23333 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23335 ;;;***
23337 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19279
23338 ;;;;;; 5148))
23339 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23341 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23342 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23346 ;;;***
23348 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19279
23349 ;;;;;; 5149))
23350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23352 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23353 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23354 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23355 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23357 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23359 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23360 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23361 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23363 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23364 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23365 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23367 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23368 notation.
23370 STRING
23371 matches string STRING literally.
23373 CHAR
23374 matches character CHAR literally.
23376 `not-newline', `nonl'
23377 matches any character except a newline.
23379 `anything'
23380 matches any character
23382 `(any SET ...)'
23383 `(in SET ...)'
23384 `(char SET ...)'
23385 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23386 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23387 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23389 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23390 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23391 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23392 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23394 `(not (any SET ...))'
23395 matches any character not in SET ...
23397 `line-start', `bol'
23398 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23399 in the text being matched
23401 `line-end', `eol'
23402 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23404 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23405 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23406 string being matched against.
23408 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23409 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23410 string being matched against.
23412 `buffer-start'
23413 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23414 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23416 `buffer-end'
23417 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23418 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23420 `point'
23421 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23423 `word-start', `bow'
23424 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23426 `word-end', `eow'
23427 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23429 `word-boundary'
23430 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23431 word.
23433 `(not word-boundary)'
23434 `not-word-boundary'
23435 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23436 word.
23438 `symbol-start'
23439 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23441 `symbol-end'
23442 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23444 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23445 matches 0 through 9.
23447 `control', `cntrl'
23448 matches ASCII control characters.
23450 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23451 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23453 `blank'
23454 matches space and tab only.
23456 `graphic', `graph'
23457 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23458 space, and DEL.
23460 `printing', `print'
23461 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23462 and DEL.
23464 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23465 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23466 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23468 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23469 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23470 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23472 `ascii'
23473 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23475 `nonascii'
23476 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23478 `lower', `lower-case'
23479 matches anything lower-case.
23481 `upper', `upper-case'
23482 matches anything upper-case.
23484 `punctuation', `punct'
23485 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23486 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23488 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23489 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23491 `word', `wordchar'
23492 matches anything that has word syntax.
23494 `not-wordchar'
23495 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23497 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23498 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23499 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23500 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23502 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23503 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23504 `word' (\\sw)
23505 `symbol' (\\s_)
23506 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23507 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23508 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23509 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23510 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23511 `escape' (\\s\\)
23512 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23513 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23514 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23515 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23516 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23518 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23519 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23521 `(category CATEGORY)'
23522 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23523 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23525 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23526 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23527 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23528 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23529 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23530 `symbol' (\\c5)
23531 `digit' (\\c6)
23532 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23533 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23534 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23535 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23536 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23537 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23538 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23539 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23540 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23541 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23542 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23543 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23544 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23545 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23546 `ascii' (\\ca)
23547 `arabic' (\\cb)
23548 `chinese' (\\cc)
23549 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23550 `greek' (\\cg)
23551 `korean' (\\ch)
23552 `indian' (\\ci)
23553 `japanese' (\\cj)
23554 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23555 `latin' (\\cl)
23556 `lao' (\\co)
23557 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23558 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23559 `thai' (\\ct)
23560 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23561 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23562 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23563 `can-break' (\\c|)
23565 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23566 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23568 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23569 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23570 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23571 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23572 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23574 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23575 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23576 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23577 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23579 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23580 another name for `submatch'.
23582 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23583 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23584 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23585 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23586 regular expression.
23588 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23589 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23590 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23591 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23592 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23594 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23595 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23597 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23598 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23600 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23601 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23602 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23604 `(* SEXP ...)'
23605 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23606 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23608 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23609 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23610 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23612 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23613 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23614 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23616 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23617 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23619 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23620 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23622 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23623 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23624 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23625 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23627 `(? SEXP ...)'
23628 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23630 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23631 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23633 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23634 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23635 matches N occurrences.
23637 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23638 matches N or more occurrences.
23640 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23641 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23642 matches N to M occurrences.
23644 `(backref N)'
23645 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23647 `(eval FORM)'
23648 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23649 `regexp-quote' it.
23651 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23652 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23654 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23656 ;;;***
23658 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23659 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
23660 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23662 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23663 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23664 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23665 interface.")
23667 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23669 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23670 Toggle savehist-mode.
23671 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23672 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23673 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23674 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23676 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23677 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23678 which is probably undesirable.
23680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23682 ;;;***
23684 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23685 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23688 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23689 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23690 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23692 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23693 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23694 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23695 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23696 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23697 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23698 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23699 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23701 Commands:
23702 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23703 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23704 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23705 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23706 if that value is non-nil.
23708 \(fn)" t nil)
23710 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23711 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23712 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23714 Commands:
23715 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23716 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23717 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23718 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23719 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23720 that variable's value is a string.
23722 \(fn)" t nil)
23724 ;;;***
23726 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23727 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
23728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23730 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23731 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23732 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23734 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23736 \(fn)" t nil)
23738 ;;;***
23740 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23741 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23744 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23745 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23746 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23749 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23751 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23753 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23754 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23755 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23756 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23757 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23761 ;;;***
23763 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23764 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
23765 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23767 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23768 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23769 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23770 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23771 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23772 during scrolling.
23774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23776 ;;;***
23778 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23779 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19323 49698))
23780 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23782 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23783 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23784 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23786 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23787 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23788 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23789 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23790 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23791 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23792 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23793 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23794 keybinding for tag names.")
23796 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23798 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23799 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23800 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23803 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23805 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23807 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23808 Toggle Semantic mode.
23809 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23811 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23812 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23813 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23814 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23815 Semantic mode.
23817 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23821 ;;;***
23823 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23824 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23825 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23826 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23827 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23828 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23829 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23830 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23831 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19338 9841))
23832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23834 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23835 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23837 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23838 king@grassland.com
23839 If `parens', they look like:
23840 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23841 If `angles', they look like:
23842 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23844 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23845 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23847 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23849 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23850 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23851 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23852 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23854 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23855 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23856 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23857 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23859 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23861 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23862 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23863 This is done when the message is initialized,
23864 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23866 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23868 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23869 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23870 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23872 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23874 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23876 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23877 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23878 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23879 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23880 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23881 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23882 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23884 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23885 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
23887 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23888 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23890 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23892 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23893 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23894 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23895 be a Babyl file.")
23897 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23899 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23900 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23901 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23902 when you first send mail.")
23904 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23906 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23907 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23908 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23909 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23910 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23912 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23914 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23915 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23916 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23917 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23918 This file need not actually exist.")
23920 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23922 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23923 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23925 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23927 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23928 Alist of mail address aliases,
23929 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23930 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23931 can specify a different file name.)
23932 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23933 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23935 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23936 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23937 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23939 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23941 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23942 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23943 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23945 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23947 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23948 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23949 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23950 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23951 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23952 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23953 in the cited portion of the message.
23955 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23956 instead of no action.")
23958 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23960 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23961 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23962 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23963 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23964 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23966 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23968 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23969 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23970 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23971 If a string, that string is inserted.
23972 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23973 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23974 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23975 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23977 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23979 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23980 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23982 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23984 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23985 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23986 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23988 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23989 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23991 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23993 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23994 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23995 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23996 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23998 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24000 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24001 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24002 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24003 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24004 is non-nil.")
24006 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24008 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24009 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24010 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24011 `query' means ask the user each time.
24012 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24013 The default is `mime'.
24014 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24015 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24017 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24019 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24020 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24021 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24023 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24024 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24026 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24027 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24028 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24029 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24030 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24031 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24032 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24033 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24034 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24035 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24036 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24037 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24038 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24040 \(fn)" t nil)
24042 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24043 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24044 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24045 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24047 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24049 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24050 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24051 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24052 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24053 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24054 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24056 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24057 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24058 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24060 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24061 User should not set this variable manually,
24062 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24063 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24064 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24065 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24067 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24068 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24069 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24070 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24072 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24073 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24075 \\<mail-mode-map>
24076 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24078 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24079 to move to message header fields:
24080 \\{mail-mode-map}
24082 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24083 when the message is initialized.
24085 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24086 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24088 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24089 is inserted.
24091 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24092 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24094 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24095 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24096 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24097 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24098 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24099 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24100 buffer without erasing the contents.
24102 The second through fifth arguments,
24103 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24104 the initial contents of those header fields.
24105 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24106 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24107 original message being replied to, or else an action
24108 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24109 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24110 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24111 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24112 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24113 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24115 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24117 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24118 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24120 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24122 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24123 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24125 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24127 ;;;***
24129 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24130 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19279
24131 ;;;;;; 5148))
24132 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24134 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24135 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24136 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24137 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24138 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24139 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24141 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24142 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24144 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24145 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24146 \\[server-start].
24148 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24150 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24151 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24152 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24153 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24155 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24157 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24158 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24159 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24161 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24162 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24164 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24166 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24167 Toggle Server mode.
24168 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24169 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24170 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24174 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24175 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24176 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24178 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24179 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24181 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24183 ;;;***
24185 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19279 5148))
24186 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24188 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24189 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24190 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24192 Key definitions:
24193 \\{ses-mode-map}
24194 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24195 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24196 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24197 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24199 \(fn)" t nil)
24201 ;;;***
24203 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24204 ;;;;;; (19292 15232))
24205 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24207 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24208 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24209 Makes > match <.
24210 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24211 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24213 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24214 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24215 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24217 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24218 in your `.emacs' file.
24220 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24222 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24223 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24224 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24226 \(fn)" t nil)
24228 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24229 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24230 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24231 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24232 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24233 which this is based.
24235 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24237 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24238 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24239 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24240 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24242 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24243 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24244 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24246 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24247 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24248 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24249 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24251 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24252 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24253 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24254 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24256 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24258 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24259 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24260 To work around that, do:
24261 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24263 \\{html-mode-map}
24265 \(fn)" t nil)
24267 ;;;***
24269 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24270 ;;;;;; (19345 41626))
24271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24272 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24274 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24275 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24276 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24277 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24278 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24279 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24281 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24282 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24283 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24284 shell-specific features.
24286 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24287 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24288 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24289 \\<sh-mode-map>
24290 \\[sh-case] case statement
24291 \\[sh-for] for loop
24292 \\[sh-function] function definition
24293 \\[sh-if] if statement
24294 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24295 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24296 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24297 \\[sh-select] select loop
24298 \\[sh-until] until loop
24299 \\[sh-while] while loop
24301 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24302 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24303 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24304 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24305 would indent to the way it currently is.
24306 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24307 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24310 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24311 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24312 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24313 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24314 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24315 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24317 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24318 {, (, [, ', \", `
24319 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24321 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24322 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24323 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24325 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24326 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24328 \(fn)" t nil)
24330 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24332 ;;;***
24334 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19279 5148))
24335 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24337 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24338 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24339 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24340 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24341 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24342 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24344 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24346 ;;;***
24348 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24349 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
24350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24352 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24353 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24355 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24356 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24357 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24359 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24360 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24361 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24362 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24363 the earlier.
24365 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24367 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24369 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24370 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24371 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24373 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24374 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24376 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24377 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24378 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24379 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24380 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24381 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24382 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24383 Emacs version).
24385 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24386 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24387 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24388 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24389 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24391 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24392 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24394 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24396 ;;;***
24398 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24399 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19279
24400 ;;;;;; 5148))
24401 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24403 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24404 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24405 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24406 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24407 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24408 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24409 sites in the cluster.
24411 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24413 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24414 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24415 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24416 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24417 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24419 \(fn)" t nil)
24421 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24422 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24423 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24424 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24425 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24426 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24427 `shadow-define-cluster').
24429 \(fn)" t nil)
24431 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24432 Set up file shadowing.
24434 \(fn)" t nil)
24436 ;;;***
24438 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24439 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
24440 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24442 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24443 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24444 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24445 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24446 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24447 arguments.")
24449 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24451 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24452 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24453 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24454 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24455 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24457 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24458 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24459 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24460 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24461 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24462 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24463 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24464 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24465 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24466 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24467 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24469 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24470 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24471 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24472 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24473 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24474 `default-process-coding-system'.
24476 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24477 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24478 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24479 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24481 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24483 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24484 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24486 ;;;***
24488 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24489 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19279 5150))
24490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24492 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24493 Not documented
24495 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24497 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24498 Not documented
24500 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24502 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24503 Not documented
24505 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24507 ;;;***
24509 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24510 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
24511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24513 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24514 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24515 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24516 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24517 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24519 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24521 \(fn)" t nil)
24523 ;;;***
24525 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19279
24526 ;;;;;; 5151))
24527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24529 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24530 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24531 \\{simula-mode-map}
24532 Variables controlling indentation style:
24533 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24534 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24535 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24536 `simula-indent-level'
24537 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24538 `simula-substatement-offset'
24539 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24540 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24541 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24542 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24543 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24544 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24545 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24546 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24547 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24548 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24549 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24550 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24551 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24552 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24553 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24554 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24555 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24556 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24557 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24558 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24559 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24560 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24561 or nil if they should not be changed.
24562 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24563 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24564 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24565 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24567 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24568 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24570 \(fn)" t nil)
24572 ;;;***
24574 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24575 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19279 5148))
24576 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24578 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24579 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24581 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24582 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24583 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24584 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24586 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24588 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24589 Insert SKELETON.
24590 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24591 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24592 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24593 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24594 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24596 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24597 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24599 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24601 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24602 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24604 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24605 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24606 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24607 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24609 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24610 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24611 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24612 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24614 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24615 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24616 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24618 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24619 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24621 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24622 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24624 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24625 _ interesting point, interregion here
24626 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24627 interesting point set by _
24628 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24629 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24630 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24631 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24632 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24633 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24634 nil skipped
24636 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24637 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24639 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24640 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24641 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24642 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24643 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24644 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24645 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24646 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24648 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24649 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24650 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24651 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24652 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24653 available:
24655 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24656 then: insert previously read string once more
24657 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24658 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24659 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24661 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24662 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24664 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24666 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24667 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24669 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24670 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24671 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24672 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24673 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24674 such as backslash.
24676 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24677 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24678 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24682 ;;;***
24684 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24685 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19279 5148))
24686 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24688 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24689 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24690 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24691 buffer names.
24693 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24695 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24696 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24697 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24701 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24702 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24703 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24705 \(fn)" t nil)
24707 ;;;***
24709 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24710 ;;;;;; (19370 36541))
24711 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24713 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24714 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24715 A list of images is returned.
24717 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24719 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24720 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24721 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24723 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24725 ;;;***
24727 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24728 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19279 5150))
24729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24731 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24732 Not documented
24734 \(fn)" nil nil)
24736 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24737 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24739 \(fn)" t nil)
24741 ;;;***
24743 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19279 5151))
24744 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24746 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24747 Play the Snake game.
24748 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24750 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24752 Snake mode keybindings:
24753 \\<snake-mode-map>
24754 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24755 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24756 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24757 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24758 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24759 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24760 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24762 \(fn)" t nil)
24764 ;;;***
24766 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24767 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
24768 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24770 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24771 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24772 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24773 Tab indents for C code.
24774 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24775 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24776 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24777 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24778 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24780 \(fn)" t nil)
24782 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24783 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24784 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24785 Tab indents for C code.
24786 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24787 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24788 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24789 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24790 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24792 \(fn)" t nil)
24794 ;;;***
24796 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19279
24797 ;;;;;; 5149))
24798 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24800 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24801 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24802 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24803 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24804 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24806 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24810 ;;;***
24812 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19279
24813 ;;;;;; 5151))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24816 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24817 Play Solitaire.
24819 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24820 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24821 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24822 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24823 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24824 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24825 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24826 check after each move or undo.)
24828 What is Solitaire?
24830 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24831 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24832 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24834 Le Solitaire
24835 ============
24837 o o o
24839 o o o
24841 o o o o o o o
24843 o o o . o o o
24845 o o o o o o o
24847 o o o
24849 o o o
24851 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24852 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24853 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24854 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24856 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24857 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24858 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24859 this: o o .
24861 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24862 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24864 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24866 o o o
24868 . o o
24870 o o . o o o o
24872 o . o o o o o
24874 o o o o o o o
24876 o o o
24878 o o o
24880 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24882 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24884 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24886 ;;;***
24888 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24889 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24890 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19279 5148))
24891 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24892 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24894 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24895 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24897 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24898 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24899 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24900 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24901 contiguous.
24903 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24904 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24905 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24906 the sort order.
24908 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24909 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24911 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24912 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24913 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24914 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24915 is called.
24917 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24918 It should move point to the end of the record.
24920 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24921 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24922 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24923 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24924 starts at the beginning of the record.
24926 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24927 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24928 same as ENDRECFUN.
24930 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24931 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24933 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24935 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24936 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24937 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24938 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24939 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24940 the sort order.
24942 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24944 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24945 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24946 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24947 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24948 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24949 the sort order.
24951 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24953 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24954 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24955 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24956 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24957 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24958 the sort order.
24960 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24961 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24963 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24964 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24965 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24966 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24967 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24968 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24969 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24970 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24971 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24973 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24975 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24976 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24977 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24978 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24979 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24980 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24981 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24982 the sort order.
24984 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24986 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24987 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24988 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24989 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24990 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24991 is to be used for sorting.
24992 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24993 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24994 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24995 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24996 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24998 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25000 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25001 the sort order.
25003 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25004 starting with the letter \"f\",
25005 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25007 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25009 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25010 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25011 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25012 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25013 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25014 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25015 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25016 the sort order.
25018 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25019 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25020 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25021 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25022 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25024 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25026 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25027 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25028 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25030 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25032 ;;;***
25034 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19279
25035 ;;;;;; 5150))
25036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25038 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25039 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25040 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25041 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25042 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25043 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25045 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25047 ;;;***
25049 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25050 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25051 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19279 5150))
25052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25054 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25055 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25057 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25058 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25059 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25061 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25063 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25064 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25065 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25066 server.
25068 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25070 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25071 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25072 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25074 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25076 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25077 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25078 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25079 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25080 Agent is plugged.
25082 \(fn)" t nil)
25084 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25085 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25086 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25087 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25089 \(fn)" t nil)
25091 ;;;***
25093 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25094 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19279 5148))
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25097 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25099 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25100 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25101 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25102 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25103 supported at a time.
25104 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25105 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25109 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25110 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25111 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25112 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25114 \(fn)" t nil)
25116 ;;;***
25118 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25119 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19279 5152))
25120 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25122 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25124 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25125 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25126 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25127 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25128 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25129 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25131 \(fn)" t nil)
25133 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25135 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25136 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25137 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25138 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25140 \(fn)" t nil)
25142 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25144 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25145 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25146 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25147 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25148 for example, \"word\".
25150 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25152 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25154 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25155 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25157 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25159 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25161 ;;;***
25163 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19279
25164 ;;;;;; 5151))
25165 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25167 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25168 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25170 \(fn)" t nil)
25172 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25173 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25175 \(fn)" nil nil)
25177 ;;;***
25179 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25180 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25181 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25182 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19279
25183 ;;;;;; 5151))
25184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25186 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25187 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25189 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25190 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25191 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25192 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25193 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25194 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25195 of the current highlighting list.
25197 For example:
25199 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25200 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25202 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25203 `_t' as data types.
25205 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25207 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25208 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25210 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25211 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25213 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25215 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25216 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25217 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25219 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25221 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25222 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25223 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25224 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25225 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25226 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25227 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25228 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25229 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25231 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25233 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25234 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25235 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25236 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25238 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25239 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25240 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25241 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25243 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25244 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25245 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25247 \(fn)" t nil)
25249 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25250 Major mode to edit SQL.
25252 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25253 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25254 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25256 \\{sql-mode-map}
25257 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25259 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25260 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25261 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25262 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25263 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25264 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25266 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25267 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25269 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25270 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25271 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25273 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25274 (lambda ()
25275 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25277 \(fn)" t nil)
25279 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25280 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25282 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25283 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25285 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25287 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25289 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25290 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25292 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25293 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25294 `*SQL*'.
25296 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25297 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25298 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25299 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25301 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25302 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25304 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25305 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25306 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25307 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25308 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25309 `default-process-coding-system'.
25311 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25313 \(fn)" t nil)
25315 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25316 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25318 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25319 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25320 `*SQL*'.
25322 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25323 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25324 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25325 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25327 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25328 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25330 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25331 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25332 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25333 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25334 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25335 `default-process-coding-system'.
25337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25339 \(fn)" t nil)
25341 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25342 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25344 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25345 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25346 `*SQL*'.
25348 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25349 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25351 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25352 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25354 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25355 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25356 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25357 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25358 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25359 `default-process-coding-system'.
25361 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25363 \(fn)" t nil)
25365 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25366 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25368 SQLite is free software.
25370 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25371 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25372 `*SQL*'.
25374 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25375 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25376 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25377 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25379 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25380 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25382 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25383 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25384 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25385 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25386 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25387 `default-process-coding-system'.
25389 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25391 \(fn)" t nil)
25393 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25394 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25396 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25398 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25399 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25400 `*SQL*'.
25402 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25403 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25404 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25405 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25407 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25408 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25410 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25411 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25412 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25413 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25414 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25415 `default-process-coding-system'.
25417 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25419 \(fn)" t nil)
25421 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25422 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25424 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25425 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25426 `*SQL*'.
25428 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25429 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25430 defaults, if set.
25432 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25433 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25435 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25436 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25437 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25438 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25439 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25440 `default-process-coding-system'.
25442 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25444 \(fn)" t nil)
25446 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25447 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25449 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25450 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25451 `*SQL*'.
25453 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25454 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25456 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25457 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25459 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25460 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25461 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25462 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25463 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25464 `default-process-coding-system'.
25466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25468 \(fn)" t nil)
25470 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25471 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25473 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25474 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25475 `*SQL*'.
25477 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25478 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25479 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25480 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25482 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25483 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25485 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25486 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25487 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25488 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25489 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25490 `default-process-coding-system'.
25492 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25494 \(fn)" t nil)
25496 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25497 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25499 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25500 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25501 `*SQL*'.
25503 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25504 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25505 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25506 `sql-postgres-options'.
25508 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25509 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25511 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25512 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25513 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25514 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25515 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25516 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25517 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25518 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25520 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25521 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25523 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25525 \(fn)" t nil)
25527 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25528 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25530 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25531 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25532 `*SQL*'.
25534 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25535 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25536 defaults, if set.
25538 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25539 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25541 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25542 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25543 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25544 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25545 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25546 `default-process-coding-system'.
25548 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25550 \(fn)" t nil)
25552 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25553 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25555 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25556 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25557 `*SQL*'.
25559 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25560 automatic login.
25562 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25563 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25565 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25566 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25567 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25568 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25570 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25571 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25572 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25573 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25574 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25575 `default-process-coding-system'.
25577 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25579 \(fn)" t nil)
25581 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25582 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25584 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25585 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25586 `*SQL*'.
25588 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25589 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25590 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25591 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25592 parameters.
25594 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25595 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25596 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25597 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25598 an empty password.
25600 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25601 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25605 \(fn)" t nil)
25607 ;;;***
25609 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25610 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
25611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25613 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25614 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25616 \(fn)" t nil)
25618 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25620 ;;;***
25622 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25623 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25624 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25625 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25626 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19279
25627 ;;;;;; 5148))
25628 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25630 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25631 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25632 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25633 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25634 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25635 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25637 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25639 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25641 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25642 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25643 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25644 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25645 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25646 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25647 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25649 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25651 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25652 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25653 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25654 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25655 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25656 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25657 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25659 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25661 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25662 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25663 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25665 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25667 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25668 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25669 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25671 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25673 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25674 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25676 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25678 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25679 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25681 \(fn)" t nil)
25683 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25684 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25686 \(fn)" t nil)
25688 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25689 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25690 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25691 chronologically by command name.
25692 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25694 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25696 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25697 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25698 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25701 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25703 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25705 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25706 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25707 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25708 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25709 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25710 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25711 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25713 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25714 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25715 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25716 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25718 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25722 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25723 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25724 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25725 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25727 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25729 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25730 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25732 \(fn)" t nil)
25734 ;;;***
25736 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25737 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19256 49605))
25738 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25740 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25741 Studlify-case the region.
25743 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25745 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25746 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25748 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25750 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25751 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25753 \(fn)" t nil)
25755 ;;;***
25757 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25758 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
25759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25761 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25762 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25763 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25764 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25765 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25766 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25767 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25768 Here are some examples:
25770 Nomenclature Subwords
25771 ===========================================================
25772 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25773 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25774 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25776 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25777 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25778 as words.
25780 \\{subword-mode-map}
25782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25784 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25785 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25786 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25787 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25788 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25789 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25791 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25793 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25794 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25795 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
25796 ARG is positive.
25797 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25798 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25799 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25803 ;;;***
25805 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25806 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
25807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25809 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25810 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25811 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25812 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25813 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25814 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25815 original message but it does require a few things:
25817 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25819 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25820 reply buffer.
25822 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25823 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25824 original message.
25826 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25828 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25830 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25831 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25832 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25834 \(fn)" nil nil)
25836 ;;;***
25838 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19279
25839 ;;;;;; 5148))
25840 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25842 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25844 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25845 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25846 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25848 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25849 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25851 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25853 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25854 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25855 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25856 otherwise turn it off.
25858 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25859 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25860 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25864 ;;;***
25866 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19279 5148))
25867 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25869 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25870 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25871 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25872 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25873 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25875 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25877 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25878 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25879 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25880 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25881 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25882 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25883 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25885 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25887 ;;;***
25889 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25890 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25891 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25892 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25893 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25894 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25895 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25896 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25897 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25898 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25899 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25900 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25901 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19356 10801))
25902 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25904 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25905 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25906 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25908 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25910 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25911 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25913 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25915 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25916 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25918 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25920 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25921 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25923 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25925 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25926 Insert an editable text table.
25927 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25928 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25929 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25930 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25931 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25932 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25933 delimiting them.
25935 Examples:
25937 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25939 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25940 location of point.
25944 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25945 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25946 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25947 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25948 first cell.
25950 +-----+-----+-----+
25951 |-!- | | |
25952 +-----+-----+-----+
25954 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25956 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25957 width, which results as
25959 +--------------+-----+-----+
25960 |-!- | | |
25961 +--------------+-----+-----+
25963 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25964 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25966 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25967 | | |-!- |
25968 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25970 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25971 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25972 width information to `table-insert'.
25974 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25976 instead of
25978 Cell width(s): 5
25980 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25981 work all together.
25983 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25984 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25986 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25987 |-!- | | |
25988 | | | |
25989 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25991 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25993 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25994 |-!- | | |
25995 | | | |
25996 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25997 | | | |
25998 | | | |
25999 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26001 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26003 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26004 | | | |
26005 | | | |
26006 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26007 | | | |
26008 | | | |
26009 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26012 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26013 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26014 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26016 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26017 | | | |
26018 | | | |
26019 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26020 | | | |
26021 | | | |
26022 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26023 |-!- | | |
26024 | | | |
26025 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26027 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26028 results.
26030 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26031 | | | |
26032 | | | |
26033 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26034 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26035 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26036 | | |expected results.-!- |
26037 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26038 | | | |
26039 | | | |
26040 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26042 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26044 \\{table-cell-map}
26046 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26048 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26049 Insert N table row(s).
26050 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26051 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26052 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26053 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26055 \(fn N)" t nil)
26057 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26058 Insert N table column(s).
26059 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26060 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26061 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26062 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26064 \(fn N)" t nil)
26066 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26067 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26068 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26070 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26072 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26073 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26074 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26075 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26076 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26077 all the table specific features.
26079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26081 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26082 Not documented
26084 \(fn)" t nil)
26086 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26087 Recognize all tables within region.
26088 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26089 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26090 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26091 specific features.
26093 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26095 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26096 Not documented
26098 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26100 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26101 Recognize a table at point.
26102 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26103 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26104 the table specific features.
26106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26108 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26109 Not documented
26111 \(fn)" t nil)
26113 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26114 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26115 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26116 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26117 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26118 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26119 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26121 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26123 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26124 Not documented
26126 \(fn)" t nil)
26128 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26129 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26130 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26131 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26132 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26133 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26134 specified.
26136 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26138 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26139 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26140 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26141 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26142 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26143 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26144 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26145 table structure.
26147 \(fn N)" t nil)
26149 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26150 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26151 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26152 table's rectangle structure.
26154 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26156 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26157 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26158 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26159 table's rectangle structure.
26161 \(fn N)" t nil)
26163 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26164 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26165 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26166 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26167 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26169 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26171 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26172 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26173 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26175 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26176 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26177 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26178 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26179 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26180 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26181 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26183 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26184 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26185 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26186 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26187 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26188 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26189 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26191 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26192 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26193 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26194 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26195 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26196 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26197 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26198 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26200 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26202 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26203 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26204 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26205 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26209 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26210 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26211 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26213 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26215 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26216 Split current cell vertically.
26217 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26219 \(fn)" t nil)
26221 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26222 Split current cell horizontally.
26223 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26225 \(fn)" t nil)
26227 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26228 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26229 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26231 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26233 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26234 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26235 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26236 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26238 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26240 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26241 Justify cell contents.
26242 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26243 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26244 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26245 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26247 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26249 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26250 Justify cells of a row.
26251 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26252 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26254 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26256 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26257 Justify cells of a column.
26258 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26259 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26261 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26263 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26264 Toggle fixing width mode.
26265 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26266 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26267 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26271 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26272 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26273 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26274 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26275 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26276 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26277 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26278 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26279 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26280 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26281 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26283 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26285 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26286 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26287 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26288 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26289 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26290 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26291 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26292 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26293 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26294 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26295 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26296 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26297 untouched.
26299 References used for this implementation:
26301 HTML:
26302 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26304 LaTeX:
26305 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26307 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26308 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26309 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26311 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26313 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26314 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26315 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26316 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26317 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26318 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26319 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26320 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26321 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26322 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26323 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26324 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26325 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26326 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26327 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26328 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26329 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26331 Example:
26333 (progn
26334 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26335 (table-forward-cell 15)
26336 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26337 (table-forward-cell 16)
26338 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26339 (table-forward-cell 1)
26340 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26342 (progn
26343 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26344 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26345 (table-forward-cell 1)
26346 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26348 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26350 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26351 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26352 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26353 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26354 consists from cells of same height.
26356 \(fn N)" t nil)
26358 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26359 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26360 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26361 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26362 column must consists from cells of same width.
26364 \(fn N)" t nil)
26366 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26367 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26368 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26369 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26370 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26371 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26372 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26373 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26374 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26375 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26376 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26377 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26378 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26379 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26380 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26383 Example 1:
26385 1, 2, 3, 4
26386 5, 6, 7, 8
26387 , 9, 10
26389 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26390 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26391 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26392 specified as 5.
26394 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26395 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26396 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26397 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26398 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26399 | | 9 | 10 | |
26400 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26402 Note:
26404 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26405 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26406 of each row is optional.
26409 Example 2:
26411 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26412 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26413 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26414 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26415 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26417 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26418 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26420 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26421 expression and raw delimiter regular
26422 expression, it parses the specified text
26423 area and extracts cell items from
26424 non-table text and then forms a table out
26425 of them.
26427 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26428 creates a single cell table. The text in
26429 the specified region is placed in that
26430 cell.-*-
26432 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26433 like this.
26435 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26436 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26437 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26439 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26440 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26441 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26442 | area and extracts cell items from |
26443 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26444 | of them. |
26446 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26447 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26448 | the specified region is placed in that |
26449 | cell. |
26450 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26452 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26453 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26454 independently.
26456 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26457 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26458 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26459 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26460 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26461 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26462 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26463 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26464 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26465 | |of them. |
26466 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26467 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26468 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26469 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26470 | |cell. |
26471 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26473 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26474 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26475 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26477 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26479 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26480 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26481 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26482 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26483 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26485 \(fn)" t nil)
26487 ;;;***
26489 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19279 5148))
26490 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26492 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26493 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26495 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26497 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26498 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26500 \(fn)" t nil)
26502 ;;;***
26504 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19279 5148))
26505 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26507 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26508 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26509 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26510 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26511 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26512 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26513 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26515 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26516 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26517 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26518 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26520 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26521 \\{tar-mode-map}
26523 \(fn)" t nil)
26525 ;;;***
26527 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26528 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19279 5151))
26529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26531 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26532 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26533 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26534 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26535 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26538 Variables controlling indentation style:
26539 `tcl-indent-level'
26540 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26541 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26542 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26544 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26545 documentation for details):
26546 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26547 Controls action of TAB key.
26548 `tcl-auto-newline'
26549 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26550 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26551 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26552 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26553 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26555 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26556 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26557 already exist.
26559 Commands:
26560 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26562 \(fn)" t nil)
26564 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26565 Run inferior Tcl process.
26566 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26567 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26569 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26571 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26572 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26573 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26575 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26577 ;;;***
26579 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19279 5151))
26580 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26581 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26583 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26584 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26585 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26586 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26588 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26589 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26590 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26591 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26592 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26594 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26595 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26597 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26598 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26599 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26600 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26602 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26604 ;;;***
26606 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26607 ;;;;;; (19292 15231))
26608 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26610 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26611 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26612 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26613 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26614 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26615 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26617 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26619 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26620 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26621 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26622 commands to use in that buffer.
26624 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26626 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26628 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26629 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26631 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26633 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26634 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26635 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26636 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26637 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26638 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26639 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26640 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26641 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26642 use in that buffer.
26643 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26645 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26647 ;;;***
26649 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19279
26650 ;;;;;; 5148))
26651 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26653 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26654 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26655 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26656 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26657 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26658 program as keyboard input.
26660 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26661 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26662 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26663 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26665 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26666 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26667 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26668 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26669 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26671 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26673 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26674 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26675 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26676 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26678 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26679 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26680 subprocess started.
26682 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26684 ;;;***
26686 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26687 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
26688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26690 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26691 Start coverage on function under point.
26693 \(fn)" t nil)
26695 ;;;***
26697 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19279 5151))
26698 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26700 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26701 Play the Tetris game.
26702 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26703 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26704 as to form complete rows.
26706 tetris-mode keybindings:
26707 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26708 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26709 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26710 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26711 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26712 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26713 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26714 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26715 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26717 \(fn)" t nil)
26719 ;;;***
26721 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26722 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26723 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26724 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26725 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26726 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26727 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26728 ;;;;;; (19323 49698))
26729 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26731 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26732 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26734 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26736 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26737 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26738 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26739 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26740 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26742 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26744 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26745 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26746 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26747 if it matches the first line of the file,
26748 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26750 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26752 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26753 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26754 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26755 if the variable is non-nil.")
26757 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26759 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26760 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26762 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26764 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26765 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26766 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26767 See the documentation of that variable.")
26769 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26771 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26772 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26773 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26774 See the documentation of that variable.")
26776 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26778 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26779 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26780 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26781 See the documentation of that variable.")
26783 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26785 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26786 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26787 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26788 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26789 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26791 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26793 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26794 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26795 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26796 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26798 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26800 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26801 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26802 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26804 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26806 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26807 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26808 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26809 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26811 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26813 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26814 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26815 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26816 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26818 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26820 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26821 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26822 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26823 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26825 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26826 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26827 for example,
26829 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26830 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26832 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26833 use.")
26835 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26837 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26838 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26839 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26840 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26841 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26843 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26845 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26847 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26848 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26849 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26851 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26853 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26854 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26855 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26856 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26857 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26859 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26861 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26862 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26864 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26866 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26867 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26869 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26871 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26872 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26873 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26874 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26875 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26876 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26877 says which mode to use.
26879 \(fn)" t nil)
26881 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26883 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26885 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26887 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26888 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26889 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26890 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26891 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26893 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26894 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26895 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26896 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26897 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26898 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26899 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26901 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26902 mismatched $'s or braces.
26904 Special commands:
26905 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26907 Mode variables:
26908 tex-run-command
26909 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26910 tex-directory
26911 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26912 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26913 tex-dvi-print-command
26914 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26915 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26916 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26917 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26918 tex-dvi-view-command
26919 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26920 tex-show-queue-command
26921 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26922 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26924 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26925 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26926 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26928 \(fn)" t nil)
26930 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26931 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26932 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26933 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26934 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26936 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26937 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26938 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26939 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26940 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26941 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26942 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26944 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26945 mismatched $'s or braces.
26947 Special commands:
26948 \\{latex-mode-map}
26950 Mode variables:
26951 latex-run-command
26952 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26953 tex-directory
26954 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26955 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26956 tex-dvi-print-command
26957 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26958 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26959 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26960 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26961 tex-dvi-view-command
26962 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26963 tex-show-queue-command
26964 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26965 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26967 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26968 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26969 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26971 \(fn)" t nil)
26973 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26974 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26975 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26976 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26977 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26979 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26980 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26981 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26982 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26983 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26984 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26985 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26987 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26988 mismatched $'s or braces.
26990 Special commands:
26991 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26993 Mode variables:
26994 slitex-run-command
26995 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26996 tex-directory
26997 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26998 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26999 tex-dvi-print-command
27000 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27001 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27002 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27003 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27004 tex-dvi-view-command
27005 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27006 tex-show-queue-command
27007 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27008 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27010 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27011 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27012 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27013 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27015 \(fn)" t nil)
27017 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27018 Not documented
27020 \(fn)" nil nil)
27022 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27023 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27025 \(fn)" t nil)
27027 ;;;***
27029 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27030 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19279 5152))
27031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27033 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27034 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27035 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27036 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27038 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27039 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27040 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27042 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27044 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27045 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27046 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27047 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27048 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27050 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27052 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27053 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27054 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27055 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27057 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27058 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27059 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27060 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27062 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27063 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27065 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27067 ;;;***
27069 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27070 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19279 5152))
27071 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27073 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27074 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27076 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27078 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27079 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27081 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27083 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27084 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27086 It has these extra commands:
27087 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27089 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27090 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27091 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27092 modified version of TeX input format.
27094 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27095 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27096 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27097 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27099 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27100 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27101 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27102 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27103 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27104 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27105 in the Texinfo file.
27107 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27108 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27109 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27110 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27111 move forward past the closing brace.
27113 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27114 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27116 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27117 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27118 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27120 Here are the functions:
27122 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27123 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27124 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27126 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27127 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27128 texinfo-master-menu
27130 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27132 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27133 which menu descriptions are indented.
27135 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27136 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27137 in the region.
27139 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27140 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27141 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27142 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27144 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27145 be the first node in the file.
27147 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27148 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27150 \(fn)" t nil)
27152 ;;;***
27154 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27155 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27156 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
27157 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27159 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27160 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27161 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27162 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27164 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27166 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27167 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27169 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27171 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27172 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27174 \(fn)" t nil)
27176 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27177 Not documented
27179 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27181 ;;;***
27183 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27184 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27185 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19279 5148))
27186 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27188 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27189 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27191 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27193 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27194 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27195 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27196 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27197 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27199 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27200 a symbol as a valid THING.
27202 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27203 of the textual entity that was found.
27205 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27207 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27208 Return the THING at point.
27209 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27210 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27211 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27213 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27214 a symbol as a valid THING.
27216 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27218 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27219 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27221 \(fn)" nil nil)
27223 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27224 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27226 \(fn)" nil nil)
27228 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27229 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27231 \(fn)" nil nil)
27233 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27234 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27236 \(fn)" nil nil)
27238 ;;;***
27240 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27241 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27242 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
27243 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27245 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27246 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27248 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27250 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27251 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27252 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27253 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27255 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27257 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27258 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27260 \(fn)" t nil)
27262 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27263 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27265 \(fn)" t nil)
27267 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27269 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27270 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27272 \(fn)" t nil)
27274 ;;;***
27276 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27277 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27278 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27279 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27280 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19279
27281 ;;;;;; 5150))
27282 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27284 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27285 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27286 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27288 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27290 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27291 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27293 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27295 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27296 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27297 The returned string has no composition information.
27299 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27301 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27302 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27304 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27306 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27307 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27309 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27311 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27312 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27313 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27314 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27316 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27318 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27319 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27320 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27321 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27323 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27325 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27326 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27327 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27329 \(fn)" t nil)
27331 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27332 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27333 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27335 \(fn)" t nil)
27337 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27338 Not documented
27340 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27342 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27343 Not documented
27345 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27347 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27348 Not documented
27350 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27352 ;;;***
27354 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27355 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
27356 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27358 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27359 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27360 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27361 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27362 parameters.
27363 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27365 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27367 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27368 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27369 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27370 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27371 parameters.
27372 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27374 \(fn)" t nil)
27376 ;;;***
27378 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27379 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27380 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19279 5148))
27381 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27383 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27384 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27386 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27387 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27389 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27390 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27391 This display updates automatically every minute.
27392 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27393 are displayed as well.
27394 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27396 \(fn)" t nil)
27398 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27399 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27400 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27403 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27405 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27407 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27408 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27409 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27411 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27412 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27413 are displayed as well.
27414 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27418 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27419 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27420 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27421 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27423 \(fn)" t nil)
27425 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27426 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27427 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27428 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27430 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27432 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27433 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27435 \(fn)" t nil)
27437 ;;;***
27439 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27440 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27441 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27442 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27443 ;;;;;; (19292 15231))
27444 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27446 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27447 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27448 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27450 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27451 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27452 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27453 (progn
27454 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27455 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27456 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27458 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27459 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27461 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27463 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27464 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27466 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27468 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27469 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27471 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27473 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27474 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27475 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27477 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27479 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27481 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27482 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27483 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27485 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27487 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27488 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27490 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27492 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27493 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27494 DATE should be a date-time string.
27496 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27498 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27499 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27500 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27502 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27504 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27505 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27507 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27509 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27510 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27512 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27514 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27515 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27516 TIME should be a time value.
27517 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27519 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27521 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27522 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27523 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27525 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27527 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27528 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27529 The valid format specifiers are:
27530 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27531 %d is the number of days.
27532 %h is the number of hours.
27533 %m is the number of minutes.
27534 %s is the number of seconds.
27535 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27536 %% is a literal \"%\".
27538 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27539 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27541 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27542 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27543 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27545 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27546 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27547 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27549 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27551 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27553 ;;;***
27555 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27556 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19279 5148))
27557 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27558 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27559 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27560 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27561 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27562 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27563 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27564 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27565 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27567 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27568 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27569 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27570 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27571 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27572 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27573 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27574 look like one of the following:
27575 Time-stamp: <>
27576 Time-stamp: \" \"
27577 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27578 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27579 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27580 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27581 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27582 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27583 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27584 the template.
27586 \(fn)" t nil)
27588 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27589 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27590 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27594 ;;;***
27596 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27597 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27598 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27599 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27600 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
27601 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27603 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27604 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27605 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27606 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27607 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27608 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27609 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27610 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27611 display (non-nil means on).
27613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27615 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27616 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27617 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27618 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27619 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27620 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27621 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27622 this function is called within a day.
27624 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27625 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27626 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27627 discover the name of the project.
27629 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27631 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27632 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27633 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27634 begun during the last time segment.
27636 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27637 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27638 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27639 discover the reason.
27641 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27643 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27644 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27645 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27646 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27647 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27649 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27651 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27652 Change to working on a different project.
27653 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27654 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27655 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27656 working on.
27658 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27660 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27661 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27662 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27664 \(fn)" nil nil)
27666 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27667 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27668 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27670 \(fn)" t nil)
27672 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27673 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27674 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27675 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27676 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27677 \"relative to today\".
27679 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27681 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27682 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27683 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27684 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27686 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27688 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27689 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27690 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27691 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27692 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27693 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27695 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27697 ;;;***
27699 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27700 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19279 5150))
27701 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27703 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27704 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27705 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27706 the generated Quail package is saved.
27708 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27710 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27711 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27712 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27713 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27714 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27715 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27716 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27718 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27720 ;;;***
27722 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27723 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19279 5148))
27724 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27725 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27726 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27728 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27729 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27730 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27731 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27732 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27734 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27736 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27737 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27738 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27739 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27740 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27742 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27744 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27745 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27746 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27747 in the menu in two ways:
27748 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27749 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27750 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27752 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27753 keymap or an alist of alists.
27754 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27755 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27757 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27759 ;;;***
27761 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27762 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27763 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19279 5149))
27764 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27766 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27767 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27769 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27771 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27772 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27774 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27776 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27777 Insert new TODO list entry.
27778 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27779 category.
27781 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27783 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27784 List top priorities for each category.
27786 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27787 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27789 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27790 between each category.
27791 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27793 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27795 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27796 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27797 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27798 between each category.
27800 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27802 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27804 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27805 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27807 \\{todo-mode-map}
27809 \(fn)" t nil)
27811 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27812 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27814 \(fn)" nil nil)
27816 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27817 Show TODO list.
27819 \(fn)" t nil)
27821 ;;;***
27823 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27824 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27825 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19279 5148))
27826 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27828 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27829 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27830 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27834 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27836 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27837 Add an item to the tool bar.
27838 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27839 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27840 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27841 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27843 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27844 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27845 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27846 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27848 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27849 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27851 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27853 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27854 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27855 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27856 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27857 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27858 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27860 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27861 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27862 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27863 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27865 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27867 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27868 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27869 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27870 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27871 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27872 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27873 properties to add to the binding.
27875 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27877 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27878 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27880 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27882 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27883 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27884 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27885 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27886 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27887 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27888 properties to add to the binding.
27890 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27891 holds a keymap.
27893 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27895 ;;;***
27897 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27898 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
27899 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27901 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27902 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27903 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27906 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27908 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27910 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27911 TPU/edt emulation.
27913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27915 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27917 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27918 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27920 \(fn)" t nil)
27922 ;;;***
27924 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27925 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
27926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27928 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27929 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27931 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27932 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27933 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27934 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27935 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27937 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27938 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27939 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27940 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27941 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27943 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27944 (tpu-edt)
27946 Known Problems:
27948 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27949 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27950 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27951 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27952 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27953 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27955 \(fn)" t nil)
27957 ;;;***
27959 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19279 5149))
27960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27962 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27963 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27964 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27965 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27966 to a tcp server on another machine.
27968 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27970 ;;;***
27972 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27973 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19370 36541))
27974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27976 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27977 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27979 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27981 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27982 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27983 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27984 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27985 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27986 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27987 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27988 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27990 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27992 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27993 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27994 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27995 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27996 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27997 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27998 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27999 the window or buffer configuration.
28001 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28003 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28005 ;;;***
28007 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28008 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28009 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28010 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19370 36541))
28011 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28013 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28014 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28015 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28017 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28019 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28020 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28022 It can have the following values:
28024 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28025 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28026 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28028 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28030 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28031 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28032 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28033 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28035 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28036 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28037 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28038 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28040 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28041 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28042 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28044 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28045 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28046 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28047 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28048 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28049 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28050 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28051 files which are not really Tramp files.
28053 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28054 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28055 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28056 updated after changing this variable.
28058 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28060 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28061 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28062 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28063 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28065 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
28066 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28067 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28068 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28070 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28071 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28072 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28073 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28075 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28076 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28077 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28079 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28080 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28081 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28083 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28084 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28085 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28086 updated after changing this variable.
28088 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28090 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28091 Alist of completion handler functions.
28092 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28093 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28094 normal Emacs functions.")
28096 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28097 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28098 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28099 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28101 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28102 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28103 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28104 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28106 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28107 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28108 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28110 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28112 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28113 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28114 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28116 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28117 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28118 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28120 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28121 Not documented
28123 \(fn)" nil nil)
28125 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28126 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28128 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28130 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28131 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28133 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28135 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28136 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28138 \(fn)" t nil)
28140 ;;;***
28142 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28143 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
28144 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28146 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28147 Not documented
28149 \(fn)" nil nil)
28151 ;;;***
28153 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19279
28154 ;;;;;; 5148))
28155 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28157 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28158 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28159 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28160 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28161 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28162 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28163 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28164 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28166 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28167 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28168 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28170 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28171 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28172 resumed later.
28174 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28176 ;;;***
28178 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28179 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
28180 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28182 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28183 Not documented
28185 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28187 ;;;***
28189 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28190 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19279 5152))
28191 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28192 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28193 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28194 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28196 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28197 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28198 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28199 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28200 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28201 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28202 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28204 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28206 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28207 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28208 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28209 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28211 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28213 \(fn)" t nil)
28215 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28216 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28217 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28218 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28219 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28220 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28221 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28223 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28224 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28226 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28227 \\___/\\
28228 / \\
28229 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28231 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28233 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28235 ;;;***
28237 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28238 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28239 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28240 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28241 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
28242 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28244 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28245 Toggle typing break mode.
28246 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28248 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28250 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28252 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28253 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28255 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28257 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28258 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28260 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28261 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28262 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28264 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28265 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28267 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28269 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28270 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28272 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28273 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28274 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28275 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28277 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28279 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28280 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28281 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28283 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28284 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28285 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28286 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28287 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28288 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28290 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28291 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28292 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28293 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28295 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28296 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28298 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28299 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28301 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28303 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28304 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28305 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28307 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28308 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28309 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28310 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28311 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28312 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28313 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28315 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28316 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28318 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28319 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28320 reset the keystroke counter.
28322 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28323 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28324 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28325 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28327 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28328 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28329 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28330 `type-break-schedule' command.
28332 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28333 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28334 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28335 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28336 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28337 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28338 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28339 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28340 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28342 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28343 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28344 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28345 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28346 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28348 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28349 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28350 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28351 approximate good values for this.
28353 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28354 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28356 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28357 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28358 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28359 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28360 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28361 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28363 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28364 a typing break occur. They include:
28366 `type-break-query-mode'
28367 `type-break-query-function'
28368 `type-break-query-interval'
28370 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28372 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28373 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28374 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28375 problems.
28377 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28379 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28380 Take a typing break.
28382 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28383 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28385 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28386 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28388 \(fn)" t nil)
28390 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28391 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28392 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28393 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28395 \(fn)" t nil)
28397 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28398 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28400 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28401 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28402 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28403 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28404 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28405 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28406 average typing speed.)
28408 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28409 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28410 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28411 the computed maximum threshold.
28413 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28414 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28415 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28416 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28417 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28419 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28421 ;;;***
28423 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19279 5150))
28424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28426 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28427 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28428 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28429 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28430 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28432 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28434 ;;;***
28436 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28437 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28438 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28439 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28440 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28441 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19279 5150))
28442 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28444 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28445 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28447 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28449 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28450 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28452 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28454 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28455 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28457 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28459 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28460 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28462 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28464 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28465 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28467 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28469 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28470 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28472 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28474 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28475 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28479 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28480 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28482 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28484 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28485 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28487 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28489 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28490 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28492 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28494 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28495 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28499 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28500 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28502 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28504 ;;;***
28506 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28507 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19279 5152))
28508 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28510 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28511 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28512 Works by overstriking underscores.
28513 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28514 which specify the range to operate on.
28516 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28518 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28519 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28520 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28521 which specify the range to operate on.
28523 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28525 ;;;***
28527 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28528 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28531 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28532 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28533 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28534 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28535 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28536 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28538 \(fn)" nil nil)
28540 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28541 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28543 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28545 ;;;***
28547 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19279
28548 ;;;;;; 5150))
28549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28551 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28552 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28553 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28554 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28556 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28558 ;;;***
28560 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28561 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19365 25156))
28562 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28564 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28565 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28566 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28568 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28569 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28570 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28571 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28572 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28573 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28575 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28576 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28577 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28579 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28580 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28581 the callback is not called).
28583 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28584 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28585 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28586 take effect.
28588 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28590 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28591 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28592 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28593 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28594 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28598 ;;;***
28600 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28601 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19279 5152))
28602 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28604 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28605 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28606 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28608 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28609 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28610 `url-generic-parse-url'
28611 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28612 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28613 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28614 realm
28615 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28616 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28617 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28618 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28619 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28620 what type of auth to use
28621 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28622 if one cannot be found in the cache
28624 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28626 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28627 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28629 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28630 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28631 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28632 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28633 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28634 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28635 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28636 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28638 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28640 ;;;***
28642 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28643 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19279
28644 ;;;;;; 5152))
28645 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28647 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28648 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28650 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28652 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28653 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28655 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28657 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28658 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28660 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28662 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28663 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28665 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28667 ;;;***
28669 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19279 5152))
28670 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28672 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28673 Not documented
28675 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28677 ;;;***
28679 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28680 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19279 5152))
28681 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28683 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28684 Not documented
28686 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28688 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28689 Not documented
28691 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28693 ;;;***
28695 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19279
28696 ;;;;;; 5152))
28697 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28699 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28700 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28702 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28704 ;;;***
28706 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28707 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19279 5152))
28708 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28710 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28711 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28713 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28715 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28716 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28717 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28718 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28719 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28721 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28723 ;;;***
28725 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28726 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28727 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28730 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28731 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28732 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28734 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28735 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28737 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28739 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28740 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28744 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28745 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28746 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28747 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28749 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28751 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28752 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28753 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28754 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28755 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28756 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28757 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28758 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28759 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28760 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28762 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28764 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28765 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28766 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28767 accessible.
28769 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28771 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28772 Not documented
28774 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28776 ;;;***
28778 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28779 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19372 27330))
28780 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28782 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28783 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28784 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28785 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28786 CBARGS as the arguments.
28788 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28790 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28791 Not documented
28793 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28795 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28797 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28798 Not documented
28800 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28802 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28803 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28804 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28806 Property list members:
28808 methods
28809 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28810 supports.
28813 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28814 supported.
28816 dasl
28817 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28819 ranges
28820 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28823 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28824 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28825 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28826 Emacs/W3.
28828 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28830 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28831 Default HTTPS port.")
28833 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28834 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28835 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28837 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28838 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28839 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28840 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28841 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28843 ;;;***
28845 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19279 5152))
28846 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28848 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28849 Not documented
28851 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28853 ;;;***
28855 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19279
28856 ;;;;;; 5152))
28857 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28859 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28860 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28861 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28862 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28863 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28865 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28867 ;;;***
28869 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28870 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28871 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28873 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28874 Not documented
28876 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28878 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28879 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28881 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28883 ;;;***
28885 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28886 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19279 5152))
28887 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28889 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28890 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28892 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28894 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28895 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28897 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28899 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28900 Not documented
28902 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28904 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28906 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28908 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28910 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28911 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28913 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28915 ;;;***
28917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28918 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28921 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28922 Not documented
28924 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28926 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28927 Not documented
28929 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28931 ;;;***
28933 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28934 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28935 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28936 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28938 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28939 Not documented
28941 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28943 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28944 Not documented
28946 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28948 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28949 Not documented
28951 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28953 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28954 Not documented
28956 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28958 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28959 Not documented
28961 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28963 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28964 Not documented
28966 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28968 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28969 Not documented
28971 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28973 ;;;***
28975 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28976 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19279 5152))
28977 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28979 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28980 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28982 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28984 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28985 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28986 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28987 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28989 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28991 ;;;***
28993 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28994 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28995 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28997 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28998 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29000 \(fn)" t nil)
29002 ;;;***
29004 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29005 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29006 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29007 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29008 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29009 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29010 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19292 15232))
29011 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29013 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29014 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29015 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29017 If t, all messages will be logged.
29018 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29019 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29021 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29023 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29024 Not documented
29026 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29028 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29029 Not documented
29031 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29033 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29034 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29035 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29036 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29037 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29038 & ==> &amp;
29039 < ==> &lt;
29040 > ==> &gt;
29041 \" ==> &quot;
29043 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29045 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29046 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29047 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29049 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29051 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29052 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29053 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29055 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29057 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29058 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29060 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29062 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29063 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29065 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29067 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29068 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29070 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29072 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29073 Not documented
29075 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29077 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29078 Not documented
29080 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29082 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29083 Not documented
29085 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29087 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29089 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29090 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29092 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29094 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29095 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29097 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29100 Not documented
29102 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29104 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29105 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29106 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29107 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29108 forbidden in URL encoding.
29110 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29113 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29114 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29115 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29116 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29117 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29119 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29121 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29122 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29123 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29124 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29126 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29128 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29129 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29130 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29132 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29134 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29135 View the current document's URL.
29136 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29137 the minibuffer.
29139 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29141 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29143 ;;;***
29145 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29146 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19279 5148))
29147 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29149 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29150 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29151 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29152 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29153 to refrain from editing the file
29154 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29155 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29156 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29157 in any way you like.
29159 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29161 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29162 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29163 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29164 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29165 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29167 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29168 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29170 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29172 ;;;***
29174 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29175 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29176 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19279 5150))
29177 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29179 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29180 Not documented
29182 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29184 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29185 Not documented
29187 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29189 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29190 Not documented
29192 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29194 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29195 Not documented
29197 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29199 ;;;***
29201 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29202 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29203 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
29204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29206 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29207 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29208 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29209 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29211 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29213 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29214 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29215 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29217 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29219 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29220 Uudecode region between START and END.
29221 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29223 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29225 ;;;***
29227 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29228 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29229 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29230 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29231 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
29232 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29233 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19370 36540))
29234 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29236 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29237 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29238 See `run-hooks'.")
29240 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29242 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29243 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29244 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29246 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29248 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29249 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29250 See `run-hooks'.")
29252 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29254 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29255 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29256 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29258 For locking systems:
29259 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29260 control.
29261 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29262 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29263 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29264 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29265 it performs a revert on that file.
29266 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29267 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29268 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29269 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29270 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29271 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29272 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29274 For merging systems:
29275 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29276 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29277 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29278 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29279 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29280 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29281 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29282 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29283 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29285 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29287 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29288 Register into a version control system.
29289 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29290 Otherwise register the current file.
29291 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29292 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29294 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29295 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29296 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29297 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29298 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29299 first backend that could register the file is used.
29301 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29303 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29304 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29306 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29308 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29309 Display diffs between file revisions.
29310 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29311 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29312 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29314 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29315 saving the buffer.
29317 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29319 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29320 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29321 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29322 fileset with the working revision.
29323 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29324 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29326 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29327 saving the buffer.
29329 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29331 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29332 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29333 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29334 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29336 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29338 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29339 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29340 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29341 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29343 \(fn)" t nil)
29345 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29346 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29347 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29348 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29349 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29350 from the current branch.
29352 See Info node `Merging'.
29354 \(fn)" t nil)
29356 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29358 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29359 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29360 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29361 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29362 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29363 checked out in that new branch.
29365 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29367 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29368 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29369 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29370 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29371 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29372 allowed and simply skipped).
29374 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29376 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29377 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29378 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29379 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29380 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29382 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29383 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29385 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29387 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29388 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29389 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29390 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29391 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29393 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29395 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29396 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29397 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29398 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29400 \(fn)" t nil)
29402 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29403 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29404 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29405 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29407 \(fn)" t nil)
29409 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29411 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29412 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29413 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29414 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29415 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29416 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29418 \(fn)" t nil)
29420 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29421 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29422 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29423 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29424 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29425 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29426 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29428 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29430 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29431 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29432 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29433 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29434 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29435 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29436 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29437 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29438 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29440 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29442 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29443 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29445 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29447 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29448 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29450 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29452 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29453 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29454 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29455 directory.
29457 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29459 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29460 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29461 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29463 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29464 log entries should be gathered.
29466 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29468 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29469 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29471 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29473 ;;;***
29475 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19356
29476 ;;;;;; 10801))
29477 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29479 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29480 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29482 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29483 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29484 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29485 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29486 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29487 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29489 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29490 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29491 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29492 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29493 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29494 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29495 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29496 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29498 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29500 Customization variables:
29502 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29503 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29504 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29505 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29507 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29509 ;;;***
29511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19365 25156))
29512 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29513 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29514 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29515 (progn
29516 (load "vc-arch")
29517 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29519 ;;;***
29521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19370 36540))
29522 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29524 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29525 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29527 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29528 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29529 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29530 (progn
29531 (load "vc-bzr")
29532 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29534 ;;;***
29536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19365 25156))
29537 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29538 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29539 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29540 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29541 (load "vc-cvs")
29542 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29544 ;;;***
29546 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19370 36540))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29549 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29550 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29551 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29552 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29553 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29555 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29556 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29557 The file lines appear later.
29559 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29560 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29562 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29564 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29566 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29568 ;;;***
29570 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29571 ;;;;;; (19374 2442))
29572 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29574 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29575 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29576 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29577 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29578 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29579 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29580 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29581 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29582 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29583 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29584 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29585 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29586 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29587 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29588 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29590 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29592 ;;;***
29594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19365 25156))
29595 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29596 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29597 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29598 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29599 (progn
29600 (load "vc-git")
29601 (vc-git-registered file))))
29603 ;;;***
29605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19370 36540))
29606 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29607 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29608 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29609 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29610 (progn
29611 (load "vc-hg")
29612 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29614 ;;;***
29616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19365 25156))
29617 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29619 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29621 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29622 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29623 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29624 (progn
29625 (load "vc-mtn")
29626 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29628 ;;;***
29630 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29631 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
29632 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29634 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29635 Where to look for RCS master files.
29636 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29638 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29640 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29642 ;;;***
29644 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29645 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
29646 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29648 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29649 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29650 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29652 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29653 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29655 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29656 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29657 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29658 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29660 ;;;***
29662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19365 25156))
29663 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29664 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29665 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29666 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29667 "_svn")
29668 (t ".svn"))))
29669 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29670 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29671 (file-name-directory f)))
29672 (load "vc-svn")
29673 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29675 ;;;***
29677 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29678 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
29679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29680 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29682 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29683 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29685 Usage:
29686 ------
29688 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29689 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29690 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29691 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29693 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29694 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29695 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29696 completions.
29698 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29699 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29701 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29702 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29704 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29705 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29706 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29708 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29711 Maintenance:
29712 ------------
29714 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29715 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29717 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29719 Official distribution is at
29720 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29723 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29724 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29726 Key bindings:
29727 -------------
29729 \\{vera-mode-map}
29731 \(fn)" t nil)
29733 ;;;***
29735 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29736 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
29737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29739 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29740 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29741 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29742 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29743 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29745 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29747 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29748 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29750 Supports highlighting.
29752 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29753 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29755 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29757 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29758 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29759 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29760 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29761 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29762 on the left side of your screen.
29763 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29764 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29765 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29766 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29767 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29768 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29769 function keyword.
29770 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29771 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29772 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29773 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29774 if (a)
29775 begin
29776 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29777 Indentation for case statements.
29778 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29779 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29780 mark after an end.
29781 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29782 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29783 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29784 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29785 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29786 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29787 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29788 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29789 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29790 if (a)
29791 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29792 otherwise you get:
29793 if (a)
29794 begin
29795 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29796 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29797 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29798 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29799 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29800 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29801 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29802 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29803 comments in tight quarters.
29804 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29805 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29807 Variables controlling other actions:
29809 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29810 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29811 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29813 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29815 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29817 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29818 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29819 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29821 Some other functions are:
29823 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29824 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29825 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29826 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29827 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29829 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29830 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29831 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29832 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29834 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29835 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29836 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29837 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29838 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29839 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29840 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29841 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29842 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29843 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29844 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29845 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29846 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29847 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29848 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29849 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29850 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29851 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29852 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29853 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29854 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29855 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29856 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29857 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29858 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29859 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29860 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29861 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29863 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29864 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29866 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29868 \(fn)" t nil)
29870 ;;;***
29872 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29873 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
29874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29876 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29877 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29879 Usage:
29880 ------
29882 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29883 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29884 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29885 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29886 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29887 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29888 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29889 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29890 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29892 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29893 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29894 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29895 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29897 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29898 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29899 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29900 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29901 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29903 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29904 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29907 HEADER INSERTION:
29908 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29909 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29910 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29913 STUTTERING:
29914 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29915 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29916 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29917 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29919 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29920 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29921 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29922 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29923 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29926 WORD COMPLETION:
29927 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29928 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29929 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29930 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29932 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29933 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29934 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29935 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29936 beginning with \"std\").
29938 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29939 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29940 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29941 stop.
29944 COMMENTS:
29945 `--' puts a single comment.
29946 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29947 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29948 with a comment in between.
29949 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29950 out following lines.
29951 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29952 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29954 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29955 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29956 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29957 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29958 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29959 non-nil.
29961 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29962 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29963 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29964 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29965 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29966 multi-line comments.
29969 INDENTATION:
29970 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29971 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29972 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29973 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29975 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29976 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29977 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29978 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29980 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29981 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29982 and vice versa.
29984 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29985 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29988 ALIGNMENT:
29989 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29990 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29991 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29992 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29993 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29994 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29995 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29996 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29998 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29999 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30000 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30001 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30002 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30003 is non-nil.
30005 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30006 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30007 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30009 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30010 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30013 CODE FILLING:
30014 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30015 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30016 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30017 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30018 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30019 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30022 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30023 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30024 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30025 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30026 command:
30028 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30031 PORT TRANSLATION:
30032 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30033 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30034 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30035 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30036 internal signal initializations (menu).
30038 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30039 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30040 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30042 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30043 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30044 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30045 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30046 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30047 in subsequent paste operations.)
30049 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30050 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30051 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30054 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30055 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30056 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30057 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30058 association list with formals).
30061 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30062 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30063 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30064 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30065 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30066 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30067 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30068 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30069 `vhdl-testbench'.
30072 KEY BINDINGS:
30073 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30076 VHDL MENU:
30077 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30080 FILE BROWSER:
30081 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30082 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30083 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30085 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30086 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30089 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30090 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30091 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30092 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30094 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30095 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30096 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30098 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30099 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30100 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30101 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30103 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30104 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30105 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30106 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30107 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30109 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30110 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30111 required by secondary units.
30114 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30115 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30116 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30117 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30118 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30119 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30120 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30121 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30122 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30123 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30124 inputs to this component -> input port created
30125 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30126 outputs from this component -> output port created
30127 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30128 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30130 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30131 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30132 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30133 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30134 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30136 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30137 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30139 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30140 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30141 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30142 component instantiation is also supported (option
30143 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30145 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30146 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30147 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30148 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30149 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30150 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30151 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30152 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30153 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30154 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30155 | generating the configuration.
30157 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30158 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30159 | configurations in speedbar.
30161 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30164 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30165 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30166 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30167 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30168 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30169 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30170 information. New compilers can be added.
30172 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30173 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30176 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30177 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30178 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30179 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30180 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30182 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30183 command:
30185 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30186 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30187 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30189 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30190 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30191 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30192 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30193 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30194 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30195 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30197 Limitations:
30198 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30199 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30200 not (yet) supported.
30201 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30202 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30203 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30206 PROJECTS:
30207 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30208 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30209 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30210 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30211 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30212 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30213 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30214 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30216 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30217 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30218 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30219 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30220 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30221 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30222 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30223 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30224 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30225 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30226 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30229 SPECIAL MENUES:
30230 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30231 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30232 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30233 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30234 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30235 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30236 current directory for VHDL source files.
30239 VHDL STANDARDS:
30240 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30241 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30244 KEYWORD CASE:
30245 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30246 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30247 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30248 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30249 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30250 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30251 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30252 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30255 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30256 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30257 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30258 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30259 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30260 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30261 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30263 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30264 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30265 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30266 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30267 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30268 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30270 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30271 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30272 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30273 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30274 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30275 visually.
30277 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30278 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30279 highlighted if written in lower case.
30281 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30282 highlighted using a different background color if option
30283 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30285 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30286 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30287 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30288 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30289 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30292 USER MODELS:
30293 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30294 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30295 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30298 HIDE/SHOW:
30299 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30300 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30301 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30302 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30303 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30306 CODE UPDATING:
30307 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30308 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30309 Limitations:
30310 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30311 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30312 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30313 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30314 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30315 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30316 (used to obtain the port names).
30319 CODE FIXING:
30320 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30321 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30324 PRINTING:
30325 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30326 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30327 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30328 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30329 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30330 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30331 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30332 printers.
30335 OPTIONS:
30336 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30337 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30338 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30339 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30340 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30342 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30343 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30344 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30345 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30346 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30347 INSTALL file).
30349 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30350 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30353 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30354 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30355 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30356 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30358 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30361 HINTS:
30362 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30363 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30365 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30367 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30369 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30372 RELEASE NOTES:
30373 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30376 Maintenance:
30377 ------------
30379 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30380 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30382 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30384 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30385 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30386 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30387 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30389 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30390 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30391 where the latest version can be found.
30394 Known problems:
30395 ---------------
30397 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30398 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30399 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30402 The VHDL Mode Authors
30403 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30405 Key bindings:
30406 -------------
30408 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30410 \(fn)" t nil)
30412 ;;;***
30414 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19256 49605))
30415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30417 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30418 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30419 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30420 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30422 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30423 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30424 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30425 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30426 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30428 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30429 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30431 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30433 * Limitations and unsupported features
30434 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30435 not supported.
30436 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30437 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30439 * Modifications
30440 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30441 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30442 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30443 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30444 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30445 for undoing a repeated change command.
30446 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30447 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30448 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30450 * Extensions
30451 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30452 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30453 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30454 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30455 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30456 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30457 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30458 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30460 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30462 \(fn)" t nil)
30464 ;;;***
30466 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30467 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30468 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30469 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19279 5150))
30470 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30472 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30473 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30475 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30477 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30478 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30479 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30480 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30482 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30484 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30485 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30487 \(fn)" t nil)
30489 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30490 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30491 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30492 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30494 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30496 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30497 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30499 \(fn)" t nil)
30501 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30502 Not documented
30504 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30506 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30507 Not documented
30509 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30511 ;;;***
30513 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30514 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30515 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30516 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30517 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19356 10801))
30518 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30520 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30521 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30522 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30524 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30526 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30527 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30528 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30529 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30531 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30533 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30534 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30536 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30538 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30539 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30540 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30541 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30542 moving around in the buffer.
30543 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30544 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30546 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30548 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30550 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30551 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30552 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30553 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30555 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30556 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30557 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30558 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30559 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30561 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30563 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30565 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30566 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30567 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30568 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30569 buffer.
30571 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30572 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30573 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30574 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30575 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30577 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30579 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30581 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30582 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30583 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30584 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30585 moving around in the buffer.
30586 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30587 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30589 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30591 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30592 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30593 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30595 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30596 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30597 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30598 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30600 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30602 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30603 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30604 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30605 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30606 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30607 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30608 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30609 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30611 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30613 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30614 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30615 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30617 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30619 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30620 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30621 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30622 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30623 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30624 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30625 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30626 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30628 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30630 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30631 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30632 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30634 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30636 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30637 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30638 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30639 turn it off.
30641 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30642 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30643 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30644 read-only.
30645 \\<view-mode-map>
30646 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30647 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30648 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30649 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30650 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30652 H, h, ? This message.
30653 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30654 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30655 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30656 > move to the end of buffer.
30657 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30658 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30659 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30660 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30661 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30662 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30663 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30664 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30665 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30666 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30667 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30668 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30669 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30670 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30671 Use this to view a changing file.
30672 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30673 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30674 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30675 . set the mark.
30676 x exchanges point and mark.
30677 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30678 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30679 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30680 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30681 ' go to position saved in character register.
30682 s do forward incremental search.
30683 r do reverse incremental search.
30684 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30685 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30686 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30687 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30688 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30689 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30690 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30691 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30692 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30693 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30694 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30695 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30696 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30697 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30698 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30699 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30700 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30702 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30703 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30704 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30705 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30706 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30707 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30708 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30709 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30710 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30712 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30716 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30717 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30718 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30719 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30720 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30721 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30722 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30723 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30724 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30726 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30728 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30729 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30730 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30731 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30732 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30733 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30734 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30736 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30737 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30738 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30739 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30740 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30741 1) nil Do nothing.
30742 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30743 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30744 frame.
30745 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30746 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30747 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30748 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30750 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30752 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30754 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30756 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30757 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30759 \(fn)" t nil)
30761 ;;;***
30763 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19279
30764 ;;;;;; 5150))
30765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30767 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30768 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30770 \(fn)" nil nil)
30772 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30773 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30775 \(fn)" t nil)
30777 ;;;***
30779 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30780 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
30781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30783 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30784 Toggle Viper on/off.
30785 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30787 \(fn)" t nil)
30789 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30790 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30792 \(fn)" t nil)
30794 ;;;***
30796 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30797 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
30798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30800 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30801 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30802 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30803 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30804 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30805 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30806 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30807 the beginning of the warning.")
30809 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30810 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30811 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30812 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30813 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30814 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30815 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30816 also call that function before the next warning.")
30818 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30819 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30821 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30822 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30823 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30824 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30826 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30827 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30828 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30829 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30830 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30831 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30833 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30834 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30835 Default is :warning.
30837 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30838 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30839 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30840 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30841 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30842 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30844 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30845 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30846 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30848 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30850 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30851 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30853 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30855 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30856 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30857 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30858 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30860 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30861 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30862 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30863 can be whatever you like.)
30865 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30866 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30868 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30869 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30870 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30871 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30872 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30874 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30876 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30877 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30878 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30879 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30880 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30882 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30884 ;;;***
30886 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30887 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
30888 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30890 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30891 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30892 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30893 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30894 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30895 in disk.
30897 See `wdired-mode'.
30899 \(fn)" t nil)
30901 ;;;***
30903 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19279 5151))
30904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30906 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30907 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30909 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30910 hotlist.
30912 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30913 <nwv@acm.org>.
30915 \(fn)" t nil)
30917 ;;;***
30919 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30920 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
30921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30922 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30923 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30925 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30927 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30928 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30929 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30930 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30931 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30932 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30934 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30936 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30937 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30938 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30939 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30941 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30942 and off otherwise.
30944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30946 ;;;***
30948 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30949 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30950 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30951 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19356 10801))
30952 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30954 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30955 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30957 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30958 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30959 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30961 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30962 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30966 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30967 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30969 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30970 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30971 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30973 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30974 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30975 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30976 use `whitespace-mode'.
30978 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30982 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30983 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30984 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30985 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30986 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30987 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30989 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30991 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30992 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30994 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30995 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30996 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30998 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30999 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31003 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31004 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31005 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31008 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31010 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31012 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31013 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31015 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31016 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31017 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31019 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31020 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31021 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31022 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31024 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31028 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31029 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31031 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31032 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31034 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31035 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31037 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31039 CHAR MEANING
31040 (VIA FACES)
31041 t toggle TAB visualization
31042 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31043 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31044 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31045 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31046 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31047 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31048 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31049 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31050 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31051 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31052 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31053 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31054 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31055 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31056 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31058 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31059 T toggle TAB visualization
31060 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31061 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31063 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31064 ? display brief help
31066 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31067 The valid symbols are:
31069 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31070 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31071 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31072 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31073 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31074 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31075 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31076 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31077 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31078 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31079 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31080 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31081 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31082 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31083 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31084 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31086 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31087 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31088 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31090 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31092 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31094 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31096 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31097 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31099 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31100 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31102 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31103 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31105 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31107 CHAR MEANING
31108 (VIA FACES)
31109 t toggle TAB visualization
31110 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31111 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31112 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31113 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31114 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31115 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31116 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31117 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31118 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31119 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31120 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31121 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31122 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31123 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31124 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31126 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31127 T toggle TAB visualization
31128 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31129 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31131 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31132 ? display brief help
31134 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31135 The valid symbols are:
31137 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31138 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31139 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31140 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31141 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31142 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31143 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31144 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31145 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31146 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31147 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31148 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31149 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31150 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31151 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31152 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31154 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31155 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31156 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31158 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31160 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31164 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31165 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31167 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31168 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31169 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31170 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31171 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31173 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31175 The problems cleaned up are:
31177 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31178 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31179 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31180 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31182 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31183 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31184 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31185 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31186 SPACEs.
31187 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31188 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31189 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31190 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31192 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31193 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31194 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31195 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31196 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31197 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31198 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31199 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31201 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31202 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31203 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31205 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31206 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31207 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31208 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31209 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31210 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31211 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31212 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31214 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31215 documentation.
31217 \(fn)" t nil)
31219 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31220 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31222 The problems cleaned up are:
31224 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31225 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31226 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31227 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31228 SPACEs.
31229 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31230 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31231 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31232 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31234 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31235 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31236 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31237 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31238 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31239 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31240 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31241 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31243 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31244 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31245 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31247 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31248 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31249 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31250 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31251 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31252 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31253 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31254 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31256 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31257 documentation.
31259 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31261 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31262 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31264 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31265 non-nil.
31267 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31268 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31269 `whitespace-style' to have:
31271 empty
31272 trailing
31273 indentation
31274 space-before-tab
31275 space-after-tab
31277 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31278 whitespace problems in buffer.
31280 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31282 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31283 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31284 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31285 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31286 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31287 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31288 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31290 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31291 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31292 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31293 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31294 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31295 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31296 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31298 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31299 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31300 cleaning up these problems.
31302 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31304 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31305 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31307 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31308 non-nil.
31310 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31311 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31312 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31314 empty
31315 indentation
31316 space-before-tab
31317 trailing
31318 space-after-tab
31320 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31321 whitespace problems in buffer.
31323 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31325 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31326 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31327 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31328 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31329 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31330 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31331 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31333 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31334 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31335 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31336 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31337 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31338 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31339 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31341 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31342 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31343 cleaning up these problems.
31345 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31347 ;;;***
31349 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31350 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19279 5149))
31351 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31353 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31354 Browse the widget under point.
31356 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31358 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31359 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31361 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31363 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31364 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31366 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31368 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31369 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31370 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31374 ;;;***
31376 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31377 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19356
31378 ;;;;;; 10801))
31379 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31381 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31382 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31384 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31386 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31387 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31388 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31390 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31392 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31393 Create widget of TYPE.
31394 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31396 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31398 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31399 Delete WIDGET.
31401 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31403 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31404 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31406 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31408 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31409 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31410 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31411 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31413 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31414 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31416 \(fn)" nil nil)
31418 ;;;***
31420 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31421 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19279
31422 ;;;;;; 5149))
31423 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31425 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31426 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31427 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31428 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31429 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31430 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31431 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31435 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31436 Select the window above the current one.
31437 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31438 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31439 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31440 negative ARG) of the current window.
31441 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31445 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31446 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31447 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31448 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31449 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31450 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31451 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31455 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31456 Select the window below the current one.
31457 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31458 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31459 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31460 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31461 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31465 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31466 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31467 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31468 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31470 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31472 ;;;***
31474 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31475 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
31476 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31478 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31479 Toggle Winner mode.
31480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31481 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31483 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31485 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31486 Toggle Winner mode.
31487 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31491 ;;;***
31493 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31494 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19370 36540))
31495 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31497 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31498 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31499 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31500 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31501 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31503 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31505 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31506 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31507 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31508 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31509 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31510 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31511 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31512 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31514 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31515 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31517 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31519 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31520 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31522 \(fn)" t nil)
31524 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31525 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31526 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31527 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31528 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31529 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31530 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31531 `woman' command for further details.
31533 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31535 ;;;***
31537 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31538 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
31539 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31541 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31542 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31544 BUGS:
31545 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31546 are not implemented
31547 - Options for search and replace
31548 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31549 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31551 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31552 Emacs-like.
31554 The key bindings are:
31556 C-a backward-word
31557 C-b fill-paragraph
31558 C-c scroll-up-line
31559 C-d forward-char
31560 C-e previous-line
31561 C-f forward-word
31562 C-g delete-char
31563 C-h backward-char
31564 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31565 C-j help-for-help
31566 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31567 C-l ws-repeat-search
31568 C-n open-line
31569 C-p quoted-insert
31570 C-r scroll-down-line
31571 C-s backward-char
31572 C-t kill-word
31573 C-u keyboard-quit
31574 C-v overwrite-mode
31575 C-w scroll-down
31576 C-x next-line
31577 C-y kill-complete-line
31578 C-z scroll-up
31580 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31581 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31582 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31583 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31584 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31585 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31586 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31587 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31588 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31589 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31590 C-k b ws-begin-block
31591 C-k c ws-copy-block
31592 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31593 C-k f find-file
31594 C-k h ws-show-markers
31595 C-k i ws-indent-block
31596 C-k k ws-end-block
31597 C-k p ws-print-block
31598 C-k q kill-emacs
31599 C-k r insert-file
31600 C-k s save-some-buffers
31601 C-k t ws-mark-word
31602 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31603 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31604 C-k v ws-move-block
31605 C-k w ws-write-block
31606 C-k x kill-emacs
31607 C-k y ws-delete-block
31609 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31610 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31611 C-o j justify-current-line
31612 C-o k kill-buffer
31613 C-o l list-buffers
31614 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31615 C-o r set-fill-column
31616 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31617 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31618 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31619 C-o wo other-window
31620 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31622 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31623 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31624 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31625 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31626 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31627 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31628 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31629 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31630 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31631 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31632 C-q a ws-query-replace
31633 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31634 C-q c end-of-buffer
31635 C-q d end-of-line
31636 C-q f ws-search
31637 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31638 C-q l ws-undo
31639 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31640 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31641 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31642 C-q w ws-last-error
31643 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31644 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31646 \(fn)" t nil)
31648 ;;;***
31650 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19356 10801))
31651 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31653 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31654 Perform an interactive search.
31655 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31656 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31657 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31658 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31660 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31661 Example:
31663 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31665 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31667 ;;;***
31669 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31670 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
31671 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31673 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31674 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31675 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31676 Returns the top node with all its children.
31677 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31678 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31680 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31682 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31683 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31684 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31685 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31686 is not well-formed XML.
31687 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31688 and returned as the first element of the list.
31689 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31691 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31693 ;;;***
31695 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31696 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19279 5151))
31697 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31699 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31700 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31701 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31702 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31703 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31704 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31705 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31706 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31707 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31708 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31710 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31712 ;;;***
31714 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19279
31715 ;;;;;; 5149))
31716 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31718 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31719 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31720 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31723 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31725 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31727 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31728 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31729 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31730 it off.
31732 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31733 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31734 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31735 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31736 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31737 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31741 ;;;***
31743 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31744 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19279 5150))
31745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31747 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31748 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31750 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31752 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31753 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31755 \(fn)" nil nil)
31757 ;;;***
31759 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31760 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19279 5151))
31761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31763 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31764 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31766 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31768 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31769 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31771 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31773 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31774 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31775 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31777 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31779 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31780 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31782 \(fn)" t nil)
31784 ;;;***
31786 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19279 5151))
31787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31789 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31790 Zone out, completely.
31792 \(fn)" t nil)
31794 ;;;***
31796 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "font-setting.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/secrets.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19375 51700 955763))
31992 ;;;***
31994 (provide 'loaddefs)
31995 ;; Local Variables:
31996 ;; version-control: never
31997 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31998 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31999 ;; coding: utf-8
32000 ;; End:
32001 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here